mirror of
https://github.com/neovim/neovim.git
synced 2024-12-25 21:55:17 -07:00
7931 lines
320 KiB
Lua
Generated
7931 lines
320 KiB
Lua
Generated
--- @meta _
|
||
-- THIS FILE IS GENERATED
|
||
-- DO NOT EDIT
|
||
error('Cannot require a meta file')
|
||
|
||
---@class vim.bo
|
||
---@field [integer] vim.bo
|
||
vim.bo = vim.bo
|
||
|
||
---@class vim.wo
|
||
---@field [integer] vim.wo
|
||
vim.wo = vim.wo
|
||
|
||
--- Allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode. This is default off, to
|
||
--- avoid that users that accidentally type CTRL-_ instead of SHIFT-_ get
|
||
--- into reverse Insert mode, and don't know how to get out. See
|
||
--- 'revins'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.allowrevins = false
|
||
vim.o.ari = vim.o.allowrevins
|
||
vim.go.allowrevins = vim.o.allowrevins
|
||
vim.go.ari = vim.go.allowrevins
|
||
|
||
--- Tells Vim what to do with characters with East Asian Width Class
|
||
--- Ambiguous (such as Euro, Registered Sign, Copyright Sign, Greek
|
||
--- letters, Cyrillic letters).
|
||
---
|
||
--- There are currently two possible values:
|
||
--- "single": Use the same width as characters in US-ASCII. This is
|
||
--- expected by most users.
|
||
--- "double": Use twice the width of ASCII characters.
|
||
--- *E834* *E835*
|
||
--- The value "double" cannot be used if 'listchars' or 'fillchars'
|
||
--- contains a character that would be double width. These errors may
|
||
--- also be given when calling setcellwidths().
|
||
---
|
||
--- The values are overruled for characters specified with
|
||
--- `setcellwidths()`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- There are a number of CJK fonts for which the width of glyphs for
|
||
--- those characters are solely based on how many octets they take in
|
||
--- legacy/traditional CJK encodings. In those encodings, Euro,
|
||
--- Registered sign, Greek/Cyrillic letters are represented by two octets,
|
||
--- therefore those fonts have "wide" glyphs for them. This is also
|
||
--- true of some line drawing characters used to make tables in text
|
||
--- file. Therefore, when a CJK font is used for GUI Vim or
|
||
--- Vim is running inside a terminal (emulators) that uses a CJK font
|
||
--- (or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
|
||
--- this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
|
||
--- by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font. Perhaps it also has
|
||
--- to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
|
||
--- set to one of CJK locales. See Unicode Standard Annex #11
|
||
--- (https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.ambiwidth = "single"
|
||
vim.o.ambw = vim.o.ambiwidth
|
||
vim.go.ambiwidth = vim.o.ambiwidth
|
||
vim.go.ambw = vim.go.ambiwidth
|
||
|
||
--- This option can be set to start editing Arabic text.
|
||
--- Setting this option will:
|
||
--- - Set the 'rightleft' option, unless 'termbidi' is set.
|
||
--- - Set the 'arabicshape' option, unless 'termbidi' is set.
|
||
--- - Set the 'keymap' option to "arabic"; in Insert mode CTRL-^ toggles
|
||
--- between typing English and Arabic key mapping.
|
||
--- - Set the 'delcombine' option
|
||
---
|
||
--- Resetting this option will:
|
||
--- - Reset the 'rightleft' option.
|
||
--- - Disable the use of 'keymap' (without changing its value).
|
||
--- Note that 'arabicshape' and 'delcombine' are not reset (it is a global
|
||
--- option).
|
||
--- Also see `arabic.txt`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.arabic = false
|
||
vim.o.arab = vim.o.arabic
|
||
vim.wo.arabic = vim.o.arabic
|
||
vim.wo.arab = vim.wo.arabic
|
||
|
||
--- When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
|
||
--- corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
|
||
--- take effect. Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
|
||
--- one which encompasses:
|
||
--- a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
|
||
--- within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
|
||
--- b) the enabling of the ability to compose characters
|
||
--- c) the enabling of the required combining of some characters
|
||
--- When disabled the display shows each character's true stand-alone
|
||
--- form.
|
||
--- Arabic is a complex language which requires other settings, for
|
||
--- further details see `arabic.txt`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.arabicshape = true
|
||
vim.o.arshape = vim.o.arabicshape
|
||
vim.go.arabicshape = vim.o.arabicshape
|
||
vim.go.arshape = vim.go.arabicshape
|
||
|
||
--- When on, Vim will change the current working directory whenever you
|
||
--- open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
|
||
--- It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
|
||
--- or selected. When a buffer has no name it also has no directory, thus
|
||
--- the current directory won't change when navigating to it.
|
||
--- Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.autochdir = false
|
||
vim.o.acd = vim.o.autochdir
|
||
vim.go.autochdir = vim.o.autochdir
|
||
vim.go.acd = vim.go.autochdir
|
||
|
||
--- Copy indent from current line when starting a new line (typing <CR>
|
||
--- in Insert mode or when using the "o" or "O" command). If you do not
|
||
--- type anything on the new line except <BS> or CTRL-D and then type
|
||
--- <Esc>, CTRL-O or <CR>, the indent is deleted again. Moving the cursor
|
||
--- to another line has the same effect, unless the 'I' flag is included
|
||
--- in 'cpoptions'.
|
||
--- When autoindent is on, formatting (with the "gq" command or when you
|
||
--- reach 'textwidth' in Insert mode) uses the indentation of the first
|
||
--- line.
|
||
--- When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on the indent is changed in
|
||
--- a different way.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.autoindent = true
|
||
vim.o.ai = vim.o.autoindent
|
||
vim.bo.autoindent = vim.o.autoindent
|
||
vim.bo.ai = vim.bo.autoindent
|
||
|
||
--- When a file has been detected to have been changed outside of Vim and
|
||
--- it has not been changed inside of Vim, automatically read it again.
|
||
--- When the file has been deleted this is not done, so you have the text
|
||
--- from before it was deleted. When it appears again then it is read.
|
||
--- `timestamp`
|
||
--- If this option has a local value, use this command to switch back to
|
||
--- using the global value:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set autoread<
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.autoread = true
|
||
vim.o.ar = vim.o.autoread
|
||
vim.bo.autoread = vim.o.autoread
|
||
vim.bo.ar = vim.bo.autoread
|
||
vim.go.autoread = vim.o.autoread
|
||
vim.go.ar = vim.go.autoread
|
||
|
||
--- Write the contents of the file, if it has been modified, on each
|
||
--- `:next`, `:rewind`, `:last`, `:first`, `:previous`, `:stop`,
|
||
--- `:suspend`, `:tag`, `:!`, `:make`, CTRL-] and CTRL-^ command; and when
|
||
--- a `:buffer`, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one
|
||
--- to another file.
|
||
--- A buffer is not written if it becomes hidden, e.g. when 'bufhidden' is
|
||
--- set to "hide" and `:next` is used.
|
||
--- Note that for some commands the 'autowrite' option is not used, see
|
||
--- 'autowriteall' for that.
|
||
--- Some buffers will not be written, specifically when 'buftype' is
|
||
--- "nowrite", "nofile", "terminal" or "prompt".
|
||
--- USE WITH CARE: If you make temporary changes to a buffer that you
|
||
--- don't want to be saved this option may cause it to be saved anyway.
|
||
--- Renaming the buffer with ":file {name}" may help avoid this.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.autowrite = false
|
||
vim.o.aw = vim.o.autowrite
|
||
vim.go.autowrite = vim.o.autowrite
|
||
vim.go.aw = vim.go.autowrite
|
||
|
||
--- Like 'autowrite', but also used for commands ":edit", ":enew", ":quit",
|
||
--- ":qall", ":exit", ":xit", ":recover" and closing the Vim window.
|
||
--- Setting this option also implies that Vim behaves like 'autowrite' has
|
||
--- been set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.autowriteall = false
|
||
vim.o.awa = vim.o.autowriteall
|
||
vim.go.autowriteall = vim.o.autowriteall
|
||
vim.go.awa = vim.go.autowriteall
|
||
|
||
--- When set to "dark" or "light", adjusts the default color groups for
|
||
--- that background type. The `TUI` or other UI sets this on startup
|
||
--- (triggering `OptionSet`) if it can detect the background color.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option does NOT change the background color, it tells Nvim what
|
||
--- the "inherited" (terminal/GUI) background looks like.
|
||
--- See `:hi-normal` if you want to set the background color explicitly.
|
||
--- *g:colors_name*
|
||
--- When a color scheme is loaded (the "g:colors_name" variable is set)
|
||
--- setting 'background' will cause the color scheme to be reloaded. If
|
||
--- the color scheme adjusts to the value of 'background' this will work.
|
||
--- However, if the color scheme sets 'background' itself the effect may
|
||
--- be undone. First delete the "g:colors_name" variable when needed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Normally this option would be set in the vimrc file. Possibly
|
||
--- depending on the terminal name. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :if $TERM ==# "xterm"
|
||
--- : set background=dark
|
||
--- :endif
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- When this option is set, the default settings for the highlight groups
|
||
--- will change. To use other settings, place ":highlight" commands AFTER
|
||
--- the setting of the 'background' option.
|
||
--- This option is also used in the "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim" file
|
||
--- to select the colors for syntax highlighting. After changing this
|
||
--- option, you must load syntax.vim again to see the result. This can be
|
||
--- done with ":syntax on".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.background = "dark"
|
||
vim.o.bg = vim.o.background
|
||
vim.go.background = vim.o.background
|
||
vim.go.bg = vim.go.background
|
||
|
||
--- Influences the working of <BS>, <Del>, CTRL-W and CTRL-U in Insert
|
||
--- mode. This is a list of items, separated by commas. Each item allows
|
||
--- a way to backspace over something:
|
||
--- value effect ~
|
||
--- indent allow backspacing over autoindent
|
||
--- eol allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
|
||
--- start allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U
|
||
--- stop once at the start of insert.
|
||
--- nostop like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
|
||
--- insert.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used, none of
|
||
--- the ways mentioned for the items above are possible.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.backspace = "indent,eol,start"
|
||
vim.o.bs = vim.o.backspace
|
||
vim.go.backspace = vim.o.backspace
|
||
vim.go.bs = vim.go.backspace
|
||
|
||
--- Make a backup before overwriting a file. Leave it around after the
|
||
--- file has been successfully written. If you do not want to keep the
|
||
--- backup file, but you do want a backup while the file is being
|
||
--- written, reset this option and set the 'writebackup' option (this is
|
||
--- the default). If you do not want a backup file at all reset both
|
||
--- options (use this if your file system is almost full). See the
|
||
--- `backup-table` for more explanations.
|
||
--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
|
||
--- When 'patchmode' is set, the backup may be renamed to become the
|
||
--- oldest version of a file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.backup = false
|
||
vim.o.bk = vim.o.backup
|
||
vim.go.backup = vim.o.backup
|
||
vim.go.bk = vim.go.backup
|
||
|
||
--- When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
|
||
--- done. This is a comma-separated list of words.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The main values are:
|
||
--- "yes" make a copy of the file and overwrite the original one
|
||
--- "no" rename the file and write a new one
|
||
--- "auto" one of the previous, what works best
|
||
---
|
||
--- Extra values that can be combined with the ones above are:
|
||
--- "breaksymlink" always break symlinks when writing
|
||
--- "breakhardlink" always break hardlinks when writing
|
||
---
|
||
--- Making a copy and overwriting the original file:
|
||
--- - Takes extra time to copy the file.
|
||
--- + When the file has special attributes, is a (hard/symbolic) link or
|
||
--- has a resource fork, all this is preserved.
|
||
--- - When the file is a link the backup will have the name of the link,
|
||
--- not of the real file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Renaming the file and writing a new one:
|
||
--- + It's fast.
|
||
--- - Sometimes not all attributes of the file can be copied to the new
|
||
--- file.
|
||
--- - When the file is a link the new file will not be a link.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming the
|
||
--- file is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on
|
||
--- and the file is not a link) that is used. When problems are expected,
|
||
--- a copy will be made.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The "breaksymlink" and "breakhardlink" values can be used in
|
||
--- combination with any of "yes", "no" and "auto". When included, they
|
||
--- force Vim to always break either symbolic or hard links by doing
|
||
--- exactly what the "no" option does, renaming the original file to
|
||
--- become the backup and writing a new file in its place. This can be
|
||
--- useful for example in source trees where all the files are symbolic or
|
||
--- hard links and any changes should stay in the local source tree, not
|
||
--- be propagated back to the original source.
|
||
--- *crontab*
|
||
--- One situation where "no" and "auto" will cause problems: A program
|
||
--- that opens a file, invokes Vim to edit that file, and then tests if
|
||
--- the open file was changed (through the file descriptor) will check the
|
||
--- backup file instead of the newly created file. "crontab -e" is an
|
||
--- example.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When a copy is made, the original file is truncated and then filled
|
||
--- with the new text. This means that protection bits, owner and
|
||
--- symbolic links of the original file are unmodified. The backup file,
|
||
--- however, is a new file, owned by the user who edited the file. The
|
||
--- group of the backup is set to the group of the original file. If this
|
||
--- fails, the protection bits for the group are made the same as for
|
||
--- others.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When the file is renamed, this is the other way around: The backup has
|
||
--- the same attributes of the original file, and the newly written file
|
||
--- is owned by the current user. When the file was a (hard/symbolic)
|
||
--- link, the new file will not! That's why the "auto" value doesn't
|
||
--- rename when the file is a link. The owner and group of the newly
|
||
--- written file will be set to the same ones as the original file, but
|
||
--- the system may refuse to do this. In that case the "auto" value will
|
||
--- again not rename the file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.backupcopy = "auto"
|
||
vim.o.bkc = vim.o.backupcopy
|
||
vim.bo.backupcopy = vim.o.backupcopy
|
||
vim.bo.bkc = vim.bo.backupcopy
|
||
vim.go.backupcopy = vim.o.backupcopy
|
||
vim.go.bkc = vim.go.backupcopy
|
||
|
||
--- List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
|
||
--- - The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
|
||
--- where this is possible. If none of the directories exist Nvim will
|
||
--- attempt to create the last directory in the list.
|
||
--- - Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
|
||
--- impossible!). Writing may fail because of this.
|
||
--- - A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
|
||
--- as the edited file.
|
||
--- - A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
|
||
--- the backup file relative to where the edited file is. The leading
|
||
--- "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
|
||
--- ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
|
||
--- - Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
|
||
--- of the directory name. To have a space at the start of a directory
|
||
--- name, precede it with a backslash.
|
||
--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with a backslash.
|
||
--- - A directory name may end in an '/'.
|
||
--- - For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
|
||
--- the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
|
||
--- with all path separators changed to percent '%' signs. This will
|
||
--- ensure file name uniqueness in the backup directory.
|
||
--- On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\". However, When a
|
||
--- separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
|
||
--- include the comma in the file name. Therefore it is recommended to
|
||
--- use '//', instead of '\\'.
|
||
--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
|
||
--- - Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
|
||
--- get one in the option (see `option-backslash`), for example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set bdir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- See also 'backup' and 'writebackup' options.
|
||
--- If you want to hide your backup files on Unix, consider this value:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set backupdir=./.backup,~/.backup,.,/tmp
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- You must create a ".backup" directory in each directory and in your
|
||
--- home directory for this to work properly.
|
||
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
|
||
--- directories from the list. This avoids problems when a future version
|
||
--- uses another default.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.backupdir = ".,$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/backup//"
|
||
vim.o.bdir = vim.o.backupdir
|
||
vim.go.backupdir = vim.o.backupdir
|
||
vim.go.bdir = vim.go.backupdir
|
||
|
||
--- String which is appended to a file name to make the name of the
|
||
--- backup file. The default is quite unusual, because this avoids
|
||
--- accidentally overwriting existing files with a backup file. You might
|
||
--- prefer using ".bak", but make sure that you don't have files with
|
||
--- ".bak" that you want to keep.
|
||
--- Only normal file name characters can be used; `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a BufWritePre
|
||
--- autocommand to change 'backupext' just before writing the file to
|
||
--- include a timestamp.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' .. strftime("%Y%b%d%X") .. '~'
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Use 'backupdir' to put the backup in a different directory.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.backupext = "~"
|
||
vim.o.bex = vim.o.backupext
|
||
vim.go.backupext = vim.o.backupext
|
||
vim.go.bex = vim.go.backupext
|
||
|
||
--- A list of file patterns. When one of the patterns matches with the
|
||
--- name of the file which is written, no backup file is created. Both
|
||
--- the specified file name and the full path name of the file are used.
|
||
--- The pattern is used like with `:autocmd`, see `autocmd-pattern`.
|
||
--- Watch out for special characters, see `option-backslash`.
|
||
--- When $TMPDIR, $TMP or $TEMP is not defined, it is not used for the
|
||
--- default value. "/tmp/*" is only used for Unix.
|
||
---
|
||
--- WARNING: Not having a backup file means that when Vim fails to write
|
||
--- your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
|
||
--- lose both the original file and what you were writing. Only disable
|
||
--- backups if you don't care about losing the file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that environment variables are not expanded. If you want to use
|
||
--- $HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.:
|
||
---
|
||
--- ```vim
|
||
--- :let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') .. '/tmp/*'
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
|
||
--- backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
|
||
--- the newly created file). Also see 'backupcopy' and `crontab`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.backupskip = "/tmp/*"
|
||
vim.o.bsk = vim.o.backupskip
|
||
vim.go.backupskip = vim.o.backupskip
|
||
vim.go.bsk = vim.go.backupskip
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung. It is a comma-
|
||
--- separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
|
||
--- will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
|
||
--- insert mode to be silenced.
|
||
---
|
||
--- item meaning when present ~
|
||
--- all All events.
|
||
--- backspace When hitting <BS> or <Del> and deleting results in an
|
||
--- error.
|
||
--- cursor Fail to move around using the cursor keys or
|
||
--- <PageUp>/<PageDown> in `Insert-mode`.
|
||
--- complete Error occurred when using `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K` or
|
||
--- `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T`.
|
||
--- copy Cannot copy char from insert mode using `i_CTRL-Y` or
|
||
--- `i_CTRL-E`.
|
||
--- ctrlg Unknown Char after <C-G> in Insert mode.
|
||
--- error Other Error occurred (e.g. try to join last line)
|
||
--- (mostly used in `Normal-mode` or `Cmdline-mode`).
|
||
--- esc hitting <Esc> in `Normal-mode`.
|
||
--- hangul Ignored.
|
||
--- lang Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
|
||
--- mess No output available for `g<`.
|
||
--- showmatch Error occurred for 'showmatch' function.
|
||
--- operator Empty region error `cpo-E`.
|
||
--- register Unknown register after <C-R> in `Insert-mode`.
|
||
--- shell Bell from shell output `:!`.
|
||
--- spell Error happened on spell suggest.
|
||
--- wildmode More matches in `cmdline-completion` available
|
||
--- (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
|
||
---
|
||
--- This is most useful to fine tune when in Insert mode the bell should
|
||
--- be rung. For Normal mode and Ex commands, the bell is often rung to
|
||
--- indicate that an error occurred. It can be silenced by adding the
|
||
--- "error" keyword.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.belloff = "all"
|
||
vim.o.bo = vim.o.belloff
|
||
vim.go.belloff = vim.o.belloff
|
||
vim.go.bo = vim.go.belloff
|
||
|
||
--- This option should be set before editing a binary file. You can also
|
||
--- use the `-b` Vim argument. When this option is switched on a few
|
||
--- options will be changed (also when it already was on):
|
||
--- 'textwidth' will be set to 0
|
||
--- 'wrapmargin' will be set to 0
|
||
--- 'modeline' will be off
|
||
--- 'expandtab' will be off
|
||
--- Also, 'fileformat' and 'fileformats' options will not be used, the
|
||
--- file is read and written like 'fileformat' was "unix" (a single <NL>
|
||
--- separates lines).
|
||
--- The 'fileencoding' and 'fileencodings' options will not be used, the
|
||
--- file is read without conversion.
|
||
--- NOTE: When you start editing a(nother) file while the 'bin' option is
|
||
--- on, settings from autocommands may change the settings again (e.g.,
|
||
--- 'textwidth'), causing trouble when editing. You might want to set
|
||
--- 'bin' again when the file has been loaded.
|
||
--- The previous values of these options are remembered and restored when
|
||
--- 'bin' is switched from on to off. Each buffer has its own set of
|
||
--- saved option values.
|
||
--- To edit a file with 'binary' set you can use the `++bin` argument.
|
||
--- This avoids you have to do ":set bin", which would have effect for all
|
||
--- files you edit.
|
||
--- When writing a file the <EOL> for the last line is only written if
|
||
--- there was one in the original file (normally Vim appends an <EOL> to
|
||
--- the last line if there is none; this would make the file longer). See
|
||
--- the 'endofline' option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.binary = false
|
||
vim.o.bin = vim.o.binary
|
||
vim.bo.binary = vim.o.binary
|
||
vim.bo.bin = vim.bo.binary
|
||
|
||
--- When writing a file and the following conditions are met, a BOM (Byte
|
||
--- Order Mark) is prepended to the file:
|
||
--- - this option is on
|
||
--- - the 'binary' option is off
|
||
--- - 'fileencoding' is "utf-8", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" or one of the little/big
|
||
--- endian variants.
|
||
--- Some applications use the BOM to recognize the encoding of the file.
|
||
--- Often used for UCS-2 files on MS-Windows. For other applications it
|
||
--- causes trouble, for example: "cat file1 file2" makes the BOM of file2
|
||
--- appear halfway through the resulting file. Gcc doesn't accept a BOM.
|
||
--- When Vim reads a file and 'fileencodings' starts with "ucs-bom", a
|
||
--- check for the presence of the BOM is done and 'bomb' set accordingly.
|
||
--- Unless 'binary' is set, it is removed from the first line, so that you
|
||
--- don't see it when editing. When you don't change the options, the BOM
|
||
--- will be restored when writing the file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.bomb = false
|
||
vim.bo.bomb = vim.o.bomb
|
||
|
||
--- This option lets you choose which characters might cause a line
|
||
--- break if 'linebreak' is on. Only works for ASCII characters.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.breakat = " \t!@*-+;:,./?"
|
||
vim.o.brk = vim.o.breakat
|
||
vim.go.breakat = vim.o.breakat
|
||
vim.go.brk = vim.go.breakat
|
||
|
||
--- Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
|
||
--- space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
|
||
--- of text.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.breakindent = false
|
||
vim.o.bri = vim.o.breakindent
|
||
vim.wo.breakindent = vim.o.breakindent
|
||
vim.wo.bri = vim.wo.breakindent
|
||
|
||
--- Settings for 'breakindent'. It can consist of the following optional
|
||
--- items and must be separated by a comma:
|
||
--- min:{n} Minimum text width that will be kept after
|
||
--- applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
|
||
--- text should normally be narrower. This prevents
|
||
--- text indented almost to the right window border
|
||
--- occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
|
||
--- (default: 20)
|
||
--- shift:{n} After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
|
||
--- beginning will be shifted by the given number of
|
||
--- characters. It permits dynamic French paragraph
|
||
--- indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
|
||
--- continuation (positive).
|
||
--- (default: 0)
|
||
--- sbr Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the
|
||
--- additional indent.
|
||
--- (default: off)
|
||
--- list:{n} Adds an additional indent for lines that match a
|
||
--- numbered or bulleted list (using the
|
||
--- 'formatlistpat' setting).
|
||
--- list:-1 Uses the length of a match with 'formatlistpat'
|
||
--- for indentation.
|
||
--- (default: 0)
|
||
--- column:{n} Indent at column {n}. Will overrule the other
|
||
--- sub-options. Note: an additional indent may be
|
||
--- added for the 'showbreak' setting.
|
||
--- (default: off)
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.breakindentopt = ""
|
||
vim.o.briopt = vim.o.breakindentopt
|
||
vim.wo.breakindentopt = vim.o.breakindentopt
|
||
vim.wo.briopt = vim.wo.breakindentopt
|
||
|
||
--- Which directory to use for the file browser:
|
||
--- last Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
|
||
--- file was opened or saved.
|
||
--- buffer Use the directory of the related buffer.
|
||
--- current Use the current directory.
|
||
--- {path} Use the specified directory
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.browsedir = ""
|
||
vim.o.bsdir = vim.o.browsedir
|
||
vim.go.browsedir = vim.o.browsedir
|
||
vim.go.bsdir = vim.go.browsedir
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
|
||
--- displayed in a window:
|
||
--- <empty> follow the global 'hidden' option
|
||
--- hide hide the buffer (don't unload it), even if 'hidden' is
|
||
--- not set
|
||
--- unload unload the buffer, even if 'hidden' is set; the
|
||
--- `:hide` command will also unload the buffer
|
||
--- delete delete the buffer from the buffer list, even if
|
||
--- 'hidden' is set; the `:hide` command will also delete
|
||
--- the buffer, making it behave like `:bdelete`
|
||
--- wipe wipe the buffer from the buffer list, even if
|
||
--- 'hidden' is set; the `:hide` command will also wipe
|
||
--- out the buffer, making it behave like `:bwipeout`
|
||
---
|
||
--- CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
|
||
--- are lost without a warning. Also, these values may break autocommands
|
||
--- that switch between buffers temporarily.
|
||
--- This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
|
||
--- special kinds of buffers. See `special-buffers`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.bufhidden = ""
|
||
vim.o.bh = vim.o.bufhidden
|
||
vim.bo.bufhidden = vim.o.bufhidden
|
||
vim.bo.bh = vim.bo.bufhidden
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is set, the buffer shows up in the buffer list. If
|
||
--- it is reset it is not used for ":bnext", "ls", the Buffers menu, etc.
|
||
--- This option is reset by Vim for buffers that are only used to remember
|
||
--- a file name or marks. Vim sets it when starting to edit a buffer.
|
||
--- But not when moving to a buffer with ":buffer".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.buflisted = true
|
||
vim.o.bl = vim.o.buflisted
|
||
vim.bo.buflisted = vim.o.buflisted
|
||
vim.bo.bl = vim.bo.buflisted
|
||
|
||
--- The value of this option specifies the type of a buffer:
|
||
--- <empty> normal buffer
|
||
--- acwrite buffer will always be written with `BufWriteCmd`s
|
||
--- help help buffer (do not set this manually)
|
||
--- nofile buffer is not related to a file, will not be written
|
||
--- nowrite buffer will not be written
|
||
--- quickfix list of errors `:cwindow` or locations `:lwindow`
|
||
--- terminal `terminal-emulator` buffer
|
||
--- prompt buffer where only the last line can be edited, meant
|
||
--- to be used by a plugin, see `prompt-buffer`
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
|
||
--- specify special kinds of buffers. See `special-buffers`.
|
||
--- Also see `win_gettype()`, which returns the type of the window.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!
|
||
--- One such effect is that Vim will not check the timestamp of the file,
|
||
--- if the file is changed by another program this will not be noticed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- A "quickfix" buffer is only used for the error list and the location
|
||
--- list. This value is set by the `:cwindow` and `:lwindow` commands and
|
||
--- you are not supposed to change it.
|
||
---
|
||
--- "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers are similar:
|
||
--- both: The buffer is not to be written to disk, ":w" doesn't
|
||
--- work (":w filename" does work though).
|
||
--- both: The buffer is never considered to be `'modified'`.
|
||
--- There is no warning when the changes will be lost, for
|
||
--- example when you quit Vim.
|
||
--- both: A swap file is only created when using too much memory
|
||
--- (when 'swapfile' has been reset there is never a swap
|
||
--- file).
|
||
--- nofile only: The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
|
||
--- file name. It is not modified in response to a `:cd`
|
||
--- command.
|
||
--- both: When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
|
||
--- the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
|
||
--- triggered as usual for `:edit`.
|
||
--- *E676*
|
||
--- "acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
|
||
--- "nofile", but it will be written. Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
|
||
--- "nowrite", ":w" does work and a modified buffer can't be abandoned
|
||
--- without saving. For writing there must be matching `BufWriteCmd|,
|
||
--- |FileWriteCmd` or `FileAppendCmd` autocommands.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.buftype = ""
|
||
vim.o.bt = vim.o.buftype
|
||
vim.bo.buftype = vim.o.buftype
|
||
vim.bo.bt = vim.bo.buftype
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies details about changing the case of letters. It may contain
|
||
--- these words, separated by a comma:
|
||
--- internal Use internal case mapping functions, the current
|
||
--- locale does not change the case mapping. When
|
||
--- "internal" is omitted, the towupper() and towlower()
|
||
--- system library functions are used when available.
|
||
--- keepascii For the ASCII characters (0x00 to 0x7f) use the US
|
||
--- case mapping, the current locale is not effective.
|
||
--- This probably only matters for Turkish.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.casemap = "internal,keepascii"
|
||
vim.o.cmp = vim.o.casemap
|
||
vim.go.casemap = vim.o.casemap
|
||
vim.go.cmp = vim.go.casemap
|
||
|
||
--- When on, `:cd`, `:tcd` and `:lcd` without an argument changes the
|
||
--- current working directory to the `$HOME` directory like in Unix.
|
||
--- When off, those commands just print the current directory name.
|
||
--- On Unix this option has no effect.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.cdhome = false
|
||
vim.o.cdh = vim.o.cdhome
|
||
vim.go.cdhome = vim.o.cdhome
|
||
vim.go.cdh = vim.go.cdhome
|
||
|
||
--- This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
|
||
--- `:cd`, `:tcd` and `:lcd` commands, provided that the directory being
|
||
--- searched for has a relative path, not an absolute part starting with
|
||
--- "/", "./" or "../", the 'cdpath' option is not used then.
|
||
--- The 'cdpath' option's value has the same form and semantics as
|
||
--- `'path'`. Also see `file-searching`.
|
||
--- The default value is taken from $CDPATH, with a "," prepended to look
|
||
--- in the current directory first.
|
||
--- If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
|
||
--- a modified version of the following command in your vimrc file to
|
||
--- override it:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :let &cdpath = ',' .. substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
--- (parts of 'cdpath' can be passed to the shell to expand file names).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cdpath = ",,"
|
||
vim.o.cd = vim.o.cdpath
|
||
vim.go.cdpath = vim.o.cdpath
|
||
vim.go.cd = vim.go.cdpath
|
||
|
||
--- The key used in Command-line Mode to open the command-line window.
|
||
--- Only non-printable keys are allowed.
|
||
--- The key can be specified as a single character, but it is difficult to
|
||
--- type. The preferred way is to use the <> notation. Examples:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :exe "set cedit=\\<C-Y>"
|
||
--- :exe "set cedit=\\<Esc>"
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- `Nvi` also has this option, but it only uses the first character.
|
||
--- See `cmdwin`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cedit = "\6"
|
||
vim.go.cedit = vim.o.cedit
|
||
|
||
--- `channel` connected to the buffer, or 0 if no channel is connected.
|
||
--- In a `:terminal` buffer this is the terminal channel.
|
||
--- Read-only.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.channel = 0
|
||
vim.bo.channel = vim.o.channel
|
||
|
||
--- An expression that is used for character encoding conversion. It is
|
||
--- evaluated when a file that is to be read or has been written has a
|
||
--- different encoding from what is desired.
|
||
--- 'charconvert' is not used when the internal iconv() function is
|
||
--- supported and is able to do the conversion. Using iconv() is
|
||
--- preferred, because it is much faster.
|
||
--- 'charconvert' is not used when reading stdin `--`, because there is no
|
||
--- file to convert from. You will have to save the text in a file first.
|
||
--- The expression must return zero, false or an empty string for success,
|
||
--- non-zero or true for failure.
|
||
--- See `encoding-names` for possible encoding names.
|
||
--- Additionally, names given in 'fileencodings' and 'fileencoding' are
|
||
--- used.
|
||
--- Conversion between "latin1", "unicode", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" and "utf-8"
|
||
--- is done internally by Vim, 'charconvert' is not used for this.
|
||
--- Also used for Unicode conversion.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set charconvert=CharConvert()
|
||
--- fun CharConvert()
|
||
--- system("recode "
|
||
--- \ .. v:charconvert_from .. ".." .. v:charconvert_to
|
||
--- \ .. " <" .. v:fname_in .. " >" .. v:fname_out)
|
||
--- return v:shell_error
|
||
--- endfun
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The related Vim variables are:
|
||
--- v:charconvert_from name of the current encoding
|
||
--- v:charconvert_to name of the desired encoding
|
||
--- v:fname_in name of the input file
|
||
--- v:fname_out name of the output file
|
||
--- Note that v:fname_in and v:fname_out will never be the same.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.charconvert = ""
|
||
vim.o.ccv = vim.o.charconvert
|
||
vim.go.charconvert = vim.o.charconvert
|
||
vim.go.ccv = vim.go.charconvert
|
||
|
||
--- Enables automatic C program indenting. See 'cinkeys' to set the keys
|
||
--- that trigger reindenting in insert mode and 'cinoptions' to set your
|
||
--- preferred indent style.
|
||
--- If 'indentexpr' is not empty, it overrules 'cindent'.
|
||
--- If 'lisp' is not on and both 'indentexpr' and 'equalprg' are empty,
|
||
--- the "=" operator indents using this algorithm rather than calling an
|
||
--- external program.
|
||
--- See `C-indenting`.
|
||
--- When you don't like the way 'cindent' works, try the 'smartindent'
|
||
--- option or 'indentexpr'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.cindent = false
|
||
vim.o.cin = vim.o.cindent
|
||
vim.bo.cindent = vim.o.cindent
|
||
vim.bo.cin = vim.bo.cindent
|
||
|
||
--- A list of keys that, when typed in Insert mode, cause reindenting of
|
||
--- the current line. Only used if 'cindent' is on and 'indentexpr' is
|
||
--- empty.
|
||
--- For the format of this option see `cinkeys-format`.
|
||
--- See `C-indenting`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cinkeys = "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e"
|
||
vim.o.cink = vim.o.cinkeys
|
||
vim.bo.cinkeys = vim.o.cinkeys
|
||
vim.bo.cink = vim.bo.cinkeys
|
||
|
||
--- The 'cinoptions' affect the way 'cindent' reindents lines in a C
|
||
--- program. See `cinoptions-values` for the values of this option, and
|
||
--- `C-indenting` for info on C indenting in general.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cinoptions = ""
|
||
vim.o.cino = vim.o.cinoptions
|
||
vim.bo.cinoptions = vim.o.cinoptions
|
||
vim.bo.cino = vim.bo.cinoptions
|
||
|
||
--- Keywords that are interpreted as a C++ scope declaration by `cino-g`.
|
||
--- Useful e.g. for working with the Qt framework that defines additional
|
||
--- scope declarations "signals", "public slots" and "private slots":
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set cinscopedecls+=signals,public\ slots,private\ slots
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cinscopedecls = "public,protected,private"
|
||
vim.o.cinsd = vim.o.cinscopedecls
|
||
vim.bo.cinscopedecls = vim.o.cinscopedecls
|
||
vim.bo.cinsd = vim.bo.cinscopedecls
|
||
|
||
--- These keywords start an extra indent in the next line when
|
||
--- 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is set. For 'cindent' this is only done at
|
||
--- an appropriate place (inside {}).
|
||
--- Note that 'ignorecase' isn't used for 'cinwords'. If case doesn't
|
||
--- matter, include the keyword both the uppercase and lowercase:
|
||
--- "if,If,IF".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cinwords = "if,else,while,do,for,switch"
|
||
vim.o.cinw = vim.o.cinwords
|
||
vim.bo.cinwords = vim.o.cinwords
|
||
vim.bo.cinw = vim.bo.cinwords
|
||
|
||
--- This option is a list of comma-separated names.
|
||
--- These names are recognized:
|
||
---
|
||
--- *clipboard-unnamed*
|
||
--- unnamed When included, Vim will use the clipboard register "*"
|
||
--- for all yank, delete, change and put operations which
|
||
--- would normally go to the unnamed register. When a
|
||
--- register is explicitly specified, it will always be
|
||
--- used regardless of whether "unnamed" is in 'clipboard'
|
||
--- or not. The clipboard register can always be
|
||
--- explicitly accessed using the "* notation. Also see
|
||
--- `clipboard`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- *clipboard-unnamedplus*
|
||
--- unnamedplus A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
|
||
--- clipboard register "+" (`quoteplus`) instead of
|
||
--- register "*" for all yank, delete, change and put
|
||
--- operations which would normally go to the unnamed
|
||
--- register. When "unnamed" is also included to the
|
||
--- option, yank and delete operations (but not put)
|
||
--- will additionally copy the text into register
|
||
--- "*". See `clipboard`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.clipboard = ""
|
||
vim.o.cb = vim.o.clipboard
|
||
vim.go.clipboard = vim.o.clipboard
|
||
vim.go.cb = vim.go.clipboard
|
||
|
||
--- Number of screen lines to use for the command-line. Helps avoiding
|
||
--- `hit-enter` prompts.
|
||
--- The value of this option is stored with the tab page, so that each tab
|
||
--- page can have a different value.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When 'cmdheight' is zero, there is no command-line unless it is being
|
||
--- used. The command-line will cover the last line of the screen when
|
||
--- shown.
|
||
---
|
||
--- WARNING: `cmdheight=0` is considered experimental. Expect some
|
||
--- unwanted behaviour. Some 'shortmess' flags and similar
|
||
--- mechanism might fail to take effect, causing unwanted hit-enter
|
||
--- prompts. Some informative messages, both from Nvim itself and
|
||
--- plugins, will not be displayed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.cmdheight = 1
|
||
vim.o.ch = vim.o.cmdheight
|
||
vim.go.cmdheight = vim.o.cmdheight
|
||
vim.go.ch = vim.go.cmdheight
|
||
|
||
--- Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. `cmdwin`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.cmdwinheight = 7
|
||
vim.o.cwh = vim.o.cmdwinheight
|
||
vim.go.cmdwinheight = vim.o.cmdwinheight
|
||
vim.go.cwh = vim.go.cmdwinheight
|
||
|
||
--- 'colorcolumn' is a comma-separated list of screen columns that are
|
||
--- highlighted with ColorColumn `hl-ColorColumn`. Useful to align
|
||
--- text. Will make screen redrawing slower.
|
||
--- The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
|
||
--- '+' or '-', which is added to or subtracted from 'textwidth'.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set cc=+1 " highlight column after 'textwidth'
|
||
--- :set cc=+1,+2,+3 " highlight three columns after 'textwidth'
|
||
--- :hi ColorColumn ctermbg=lightgrey guibg=lightgrey
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- When 'textwidth' is zero then the items with '-' and '+' are not used.
|
||
--- A maximum of 256 columns are highlighted.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.colorcolumn = ""
|
||
vim.o.cc = vim.o.colorcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.colorcolumn = vim.o.colorcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.cc = vim.wo.colorcolumn
|
||
|
||
--- Number of columns of the screen. Normally this is set by the terminal
|
||
--- initialization and does not have to be set by hand.
|
||
--- When Vim is running in the GUI or in a resizable window, setting this
|
||
--- option will cause the window size to be changed. When you only want
|
||
--- to use the size for the GUI, put the command in your `ginit.vim` file.
|
||
--- When you set this option and Vim is unable to change the physical
|
||
--- number of columns of the display, the display may be messed up. For
|
||
--- the GUI it is always possible and Vim limits the number of columns to
|
||
--- what fits on the screen. You can use this command to get the widest
|
||
--- window possible:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set columns=9999
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Minimum value is 12, maximum value is 10000.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.columns = 80
|
||
vim.o.co = vim.o.columns
|
||
vim.go.columns = vim.o.columns
|
||
vim.go.co = vim.go.columns
|
||
|
||
--- A comma-separated list of strings that can start a comment line. See
|
||
--- `format-comments`. See `option-backslash` about using backslashes to
|
||
--- insert a space.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.comments = "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-,fb:•"
|
||
vim.o.com = vim.o.comments
|
||
vim.bo.comments = vim.o.comments
|
||
vim.bo.com = vim.bo.comments
|
||
|
||
--- A template for a comment. The "%s" in the value is replaced with the
|
||
--- comment text. For example, C uses "/*%s*/". Currently only used to
|
||
--- add markers for folding, see `fold-marker`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.commentstring = ""
|
||
vim.o.cms = vim.o.commentstring
|
||
vim.bo.commentstring = vim.o.commentstring
|
||
vim.bo.cms = vim.bo.commentstring
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies how keyword completion `ins-completion` works
|
||
--- when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used. It is also used for whole-line
|
||
--- completion `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L`. It indicates the type of completion
|
||
--- and the places to scan. It is a comma-separated list of flags:
|
||
--- . scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
|
||
--- w scan buffers from other windows
|
||
--- b scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
|
||
--- u scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
|
||
--- U scan the buffers that are not in the buffer list
|
||
--- k scan the files given with the 'dictionary' option
|
||
--- kspell use the currently active spell checking `spell`
|
||
--- k{dict} scan the file {dict}. Several "k" flags can be given,
|
||
--- patterns are valid too. For example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- s scan the files given with the 'thesaurus' option
|
||
--- s{tsr} scan the file {tsr}. Several "s" flags can be given, patterns
|
||
--- are valid too.
|
||
--- i scan current and included files
|
||
--- d scan current and included files for defined name or macro
|
||
--- `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D`
|
||
--- ] tag completion
|
||
--- t same as "]"
|
||
---
|
||
--- Unloaded buffers are not loaded, thus their autocmds `:autocmd` are
|
||
--- not executed, this may lead to unexpected completions from some files
|
||
--- (gzipped files for example). Unloaded buffers are not scanned for
|
||
--- whole-line completion.
|
||
---
|
||
--- As you can see, CTRL-N and CTRL-P can be used to do any 'iskeyword'-
|
||
--- based expansion (e.g., dictionary `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K`, included patterns
|
||
--- `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I`, tags `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]` and normal expansions).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.complete = ".,w,b,u,t"
|
||
vim.o.cpt = vim.o.complete
|
||
vim.bo.complete = vim.o.complete
|
||
vim.bo.cpt = vim.bo.complete
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
|
||
--- with CTRL-X CTRL-U. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U`
|
||
--- See `complete-functions` for an explanation of how the function is
|
||
--- invoked and what it should return. The value can be the name of a
|
||
--- function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for
|
||
--- more information.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.completefunc = ""
|
||
vim.o.cfu = vim.o.completefunc
|
||
vim.bo.completefunc = vim.o.completefunc
|
||
vim.bo.cfu = vim.bo.completefunc
|
||
|
||
--- A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
|
||
--- `ins-completion`. The supported values are:
|
||
---
|
||
--- menu Use a popup menu to show the possible completions. The
|
||
--- menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
|
||
--- sufficient colors are available. `ins-completion-menu`
|
||
---
|
||
--- menuone Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
|
||
--- Useful when there is additional information about the
|
||
--- match, e.g., what file it comes from.
|
||
---
|
||
--- longest Only insert the longest common text of the matches. If
|
||
--- the menu is displayed you can use CTRL-L to add more
|
||
--- characters. Whether case is ignored depends on the kind
|
||
--- of completion. For buffer text the 'ignorecase' option is
|
||
--- used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- preview Show extra information about the currently selected
|
||
--- completion in the preview window. Only works in
|
||
--- combination with "menu" or "menuone".
|
||
---
|
||
--- noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
|
||
--- a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
|
||
--- "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
|
||
---
|
||
--- noselect Do not select a match in the menu, force the user to
|
||
--- select one from the menu. Only works in combination with
|
||
--- "menu" or "menuone".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.completeopt = "menu,preview"
|
||
vim.o.cot = vim.o.completeopt
|
||
vim.go.completeopt = vim.o.completeopt
|
||
vim.go.cot = vim.go.completeopt
|
||
|
||
--- only for MS-Windows
|
||
--- When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
|
||
--- - When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
|
||
--- completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
|
||
--- Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
|
||
--- - When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
|
||
--- useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
|
||
--- - When this option is empty, same character is used as for
|
||
--- 'shellslash'.
|
||
--- For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used. For
|
||
--- command line completion the global value is used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.completeslash = ""
|
||
vim.o.csl = vim.o.completeslash
|
||
vim.bo.completeslash = vim.o.completeslash
|
||
vim.bo.csl = vim.bo.completeslash
|
||
|
||
--- Sets the modes in which text in the cursor line can also be concealed.
|
||
--- When the current mode is listed then concealing happens just like in
|
||
--- other lines.
|
||
--- n Normal mode
|
||
--- v Visual mode
|
||
--- i Insert mode
|
||
--- c Command line editing, for 'incsearch'
|
||
---
|
||
--- 'v' applies to all lines in the Visual area, not only the cursor.
|
||
--- A useful value is "nc". This is used in help files. So long as you
|
||
--- are moving around text is concealed, but when starting to insert text
|
||
--- or selecting a Visual area the concealed text is displayed, so that
|
||
--- you can see what you are doing.
|
||
--- Keep in mind that the cursor position is not always where it's
|
||
--- displayed. E.g., when moving vertically it may change column.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.concealcursor = ""
|
||
vim.o.cocu = vim.o.concealcursor
|
||
vim.wo.concealcursor = vim.o.concealcursor
|
||
vim.wo.cocu = vim.wo.concealcursor
|
||
|
||
--- Determine how text with the "conceal" syntax attribute `:syn-conceal`
|
||
--- is shown:
|
||
---
|
||
--- Value Effect ~
|
||
--- 0 Text is shown normally
|
||
--- 1 Each block of concealed text is replaced with one
|
||
--- character. If the syntax item does not have a custom
|
||
--- replacement character defined (see `:syn-cchar`) the
|
||
--- character defined in 'listchars' is used.
|
||
--- It is highlighted with the "Conceal" highlight group.
|
||
--- 2 Concealed text is completely hidden unless it has a
|
||
--- custom replacement character defined (see
|
||
--- `:syn-cchar`).
|
||
--- 3 Concealed text is completely hidden.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note: in the cursor line concealed text is not hidden, so that you can
|
||
--- edit and copy the text. This can be changed with the 'concealcursor'
|
||
--- option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.conceallevel = 0
|
||
vim.o.cole = vim.o.conceallevel
|
||
vim.wo.conceallevel = vim.o.conceallevel
|
||
vim.wo.cole = vim.wo.conceallevel
|
||
|
||
--- When 'confirm' is on, certain operations that would normally
|
||
--- fail because of unsaved changes to a buffer, e.g. ":q" and ":e",
|
||
--- instead raise a dialog asking if you wish to save the current
|
||
--- file(s). You can still use a ! to unconditionally `abandon` a buffer.
|
||
--- If 'confirm' is off you can still activate confirmation for one
|
||
--- command only (this is most useful in mappings) with the `:confirm`
|
||
--- command.
|
||
--- Also see the `confirm()` function and the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.confirm = false
|
||
vim.o.cf = vim.o.confirm
|
||
vim.go.confirm = vim.o.confirm
|
||
vim.go.cf = vim.go.confirm
|
||
|
||
--- Copy the structure of the existing lines indent when autoindenting a
|
||
--- new line. Normally the new indent is reconstructed by a series of
|
||
--- tabs followed by spaces as required (unless `'expandtab'` is enabled,
|
||
--- in which case only spaces are used). Enabling this option makes the
|
||
--- new line copy whatever characters were used for indenting on the
|
||
--- existing line. 'expandtab' has no effect on these characters, a Tab
|
||
--- remains a Tab. If the new indent is greater than on the existing
|
||
--- line, the remaining space is filled in the normal manner.
|
||
--- See 'preserveindent'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.copyindent = false
|
||
vim.o.ci = vim.o.copyindent
|
||
vim.bo.copyindent = vim.o.copyindent
|
||
vim.bo.ci = vim.bo.copyindent
|
||
|
||
--- A sequence of single character flags. When a character is present
|
||
--- this indicates Vi-compatible behavior. This is used for things where
|
||
--- not being Vi-compatible is mostly or sometimes preferred.
|
||
--- 'cpoptions' stands for "compatible-options".
|
||
--- Commas can be added for readability.
|
||
--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
|
||
--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- contains behavior ~
|
||
--- *cpo-a*
|
||
--- a When included, a ":read" command with a file name
|
||
--- argument will set the alternate file name for the
|
||
--- current window.
|
||
--- *cpo-A*
|
||
--- A When included, a ":write" command with a file name
|
||
--- argument will set the alternate file name for the
|
||
--- current window.
|
||
--- *cpo-b*
|
||
--- b "\|" in a ":map" command is recognized as the end of
|
||
--- the map command. The '\' is included in the mapping,
|
||
--- the text after the '|' is interpreted as the next
|
||
--- command. Use a CTRL-V instead of a backslash to
|
||
--- include the '|' in the mapping. Applies to all
|
||
--- mapping, abbreviation, menu and autocmd commands.
|
||
--- See also `map_bar`.
|
||
--- *cpo-B*
|
||
--- B A backslash has no special meaning in mappings,
|
||
--- abbreviations, user commands and the "to" part of the
|
||
--- menu commands. Remove this flag to be able to use a
|
||
--- backslash like a CTRL-V. For example, the command
|
||
--- ":map X \\<Esc>" results in X being mapped to:
|
||
--- 'B' included: "\^[" (^[ is a real <Esc>)
|
||
--- 'B' excluded: "<Esc>" (5 characters)
|
||
--- *cpo-c*
|
||
--- c Searching continues at the end of any match at the
|
||
--- cursor position, but not further than the start of the
|
||
--- next line. When not present searching continues
|
||
--- one character from the cursor position. With 'c'
|
||
--- "abababababab" only gets three matches when repeating
|
||
--- "/abab", without 'c' there are five matches.
|
||
--- *cpo-C*
|
||
--- C Do not concatenate sourced lines that start with a
|
||
--- backslash. See `line-continuation`.
|
||
--- *cpo-d*
|
||
--- d Using "./" in the 'tags' option doesn't mean to use
|
||
--- the tags file relative to the current file, but the
|
||
--- tags file in the current directory.
|
||
--- *cpo-D*
|
||
--- D Can't use CTRL-K to enter a digraph after Normal mode
|
||
--- commands with a character argument, like `r`, `f` and
|
||
--- `t`.
|
||
--- *cpo-e*
|
||
--- e When executing a register with ":@r", always add a
|
||
--- <CR> to the last line, also when the register is not
|
||
--- linewise. If this flag is not present, the register
|
||
--- is not linewise and the last line does not end in a
|
||
--- <CR>, then the last line is put on the command-line
|
||
--- and can be edited before hitting <CR>.
|
||
--- *cpo-E*
|
||
--- E It is an error when using "y", "d", "c", "g~", "gu" or
|
||
--- "gU" on an Empty region. The operators only work when
|
||
--- at least one character is to be operated on. Example:
|
||
--- This makes "y0" fail in the first column.
|
||
--- *cpo-f*
|
||
--- f When included, a ":read" command with a file name
|
||
--- argument will set the file name for the current buffer,
|
||
--- if the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet.
|
||
--- *cpo-F*
|
||
--- F When included, a ":write" command with a file name
|
||
--- argument will set the file name for the current
|
||
--- buffer, if the current buffer doesn't have a file name
|
||
--- yet. Also see `cpo-P`.
|
||
--- *cpo-i*
|
||
--- i When included, interrupting the reading of a file will
|
||
--- leave it modified.
|
||
--- *cpo-I*
|
||
--- I When moving the cursor up or down just after inserting
|
||
--- indent for 'autoindent', do not delete the indent.
|
||
--- *cpo-J*
|
||
--- J A `sentence` has to be followed by two spaces after
|
||
--- the '.', '!' or '?'. A <Tab> is not recognized as
|
||
--- white space.
|
||
--- *cpo-K*
|
||
--- K Don't wait for a key code to complete when it is
|
||
--- halfway through a mapping. This breaks mapping
|
||
--- <F1><F1> when only part of the second <F1> has been
|
||
--- read. It enables cancelling the mapping by typing
|
||
--- <F1><Esc>.
|
||
--- *cpo-l*
|
||
--- l Backslash in a [] range in a search pattern is taken
|
||
--- literally, only "\]", "\^", "\-" and "\\" are special.
|
||
--- See `/[]`
|
||
--- 'l' included: "/[ \t]" finds <Space>, '\' and 't'
|
||
--- 'l' excluded: "/[ \t]" finds <Space> and <Tab>
|
||
--- *cpo-L*
|
||
--- L When the 'list' option is set, 'wrapmargin',
|
||
--- 'textwidth', 'softtabstop' and Virtual Replace mode
|
||
--- (see `gR`) count a <Tab> as two characters, instead of
|
||
--- the normal behavior of a <Tab>.
|
||
--- *cpo-m*
|
||
--- m When included, a showmatch will always wait half a
|
||
--- second. When not included, a showmatch will wait half
|
||
--- a second or until a character is typed. `'showmatch'`
|
||
--- *cpo-M*
|
||
--- M When excluded, "%" matching will take backslashes into
|
||
--- account. Thus in "( \( )" and "\( ( \)" the outer
|
||
--- parenthesis match. When included "%" ignores
|
||
--- backslashes, which is Vi compatible.
|
||
--- *cpo-n*
|
||
--- n When included, the column used for 'number' and
|
||
--- 'relativenumber' will also be used for text of wrapped
|
||
--- lines.
|
||
--- *cpo-o*
|
||
--- o Line offset to search command is not remembered for
|
||
--- next search.
|
||
--- *cpo-O*
|
||
--- O Don't complain if a file is being overwritten, even
|
||
--- when it didn't exist when editing it. This is a
|
||
--- protection against a file unexpectedly created by
|
||
--- someone else. Vi didn't complain about this.
|
||
--- *cpo-p*
|
||
--- p Vi compatible Lisp indenting. When not present, a
|
||
--- slightly better algorithm is used.
|
||
--- *cpo-P*
|
||
--- P When included, a ":write" command that appends to a
|
||
--- file will set the file name for the current buffer, if
|
||
--- the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet and
|
||
--- the 'F' flag is also included `cpo-F`.
|
||
--- *cpo-q*
|
||
--- q When joining multiple lines leave the cursor at the
|
||
--- position where it would be when joining two lines.
|
||
--- *cpo-r*
|
||
--- r Redo ("." command) uses "/" to repeat a search
|
||
--- command, instead of the actually used search string.
|
||
--- *cpo-R*
|
||
--- R Remove marks from filtered lines. Without this flag
|
||
--- marks are kept like `:keepmarks` was used.
|
||
--- *cpo-s*
|
||
--- s Set buffer options when entering the buffer for the
|
||
--- first time. This is like it is in Vim version 3.0.
|
||
--- And it is the default. If not present the options are
|
||
--- set when the buffer is created.
|
||
--- *cpo-S*
|
||
--- S Set buffer options always when entering a buffer
|
||
--- (except 'readonly', 'fileformat', 'filetype' and
|
||
--- 'syntax'). This is the (most) Vi compatible setting.
|
||
--- The options are set to the values in the current
|
||
--- buffer. When you change an option and go to another
|
||
--- buffer, the value is copied. Effectively makes the
|
||
--- buffer options global to all buffers.
|
||
---
|
||
--- 's' 'S' copy buffer options
|
||
--- no no when buffer created
|
||
--- yes no when buffer first entered (default)
|
||
--- X yes each time when buffer entered (vi comp.)
|
||
--- *cpo-t*
|
||
--- t Search pattern for the tag command is remembered for
|
||
--- "n" command. Otherwise Vim only puts the pattern in
|
||
--- the history for search pattern, but doesn't change the
|
||
--- last used search pattern.
|
||
--- *cpo-u*
|
||
--- u Undo is Vi compatible. See `undo-two-ways`.
|
||
--- *cpo-v*
|
||
--- v Backspaced characters remain visible on the screen in
|
||
--- Insert mode. Without this flag the characters are
|
||
--- erased from the screen right away. With this flag the
|
||
--- screen newly typed text overwrites backspaced
|
||
--- characters.
|
||
--- *cpo-W*
|
||
--- W Don't overwrite a readonly file. When omitted, ":w!"
|
||
--- overwrites a readonly file, if possible.
|
||
--- *cpo-x*
|
||
--- x <Esc> on the command-line executes the command-line.
|
||
--- The default in Vim is to abandon the command-line,
|
||
--- because <Esc> normally aborts a command. `c_<Esc>`
|
||
--- *cpo-X*
|
||
--- X When using a count with "R" the replaced text is
|
||
--- deleted only once. Also when repeating "R" with "."
|
||
--- and a count.
|
||
--- *cpo-y*
|
||
--- y A yank command can be redone with ".". Think twice if
|
||
--- you really want to use this, it may break some
|
||
--- plugins, since most people expect "." to only repeat a
|
||
--- change.
|
||
--- *cpo-Z*
|
||
--- Z When using "w!" while the 'readonly' option is set,
|
||
--- don't reset 'readonly'.
|
||
--- *cpo-!*
|
||
--- ! When redoing a filter command, use the last used
|
||
--- external command, whatever it was. Otherwise the last
|
||
--- used -filter- command is used.
|
||
--- *cpo-$*
|
||
--- $ When making a change to one line, don't redisplay the
|
||
--- line, but put a '$' at the end of the changed text.
|
||
--- The changed text will be overwritten when you type the
|
||
--- new text. The line is redisplayed if you type any
|
||
--- command that moves the cursor from the insertion
|
||
--- point.
|
||
--- *cpo-%*
|
||
--- % Vi-compatible matching is done for the "%" command.
|
||
--- Does not recognize "#if", "#endif", etc.
|
||
--- Does not recognize "/*" and "*/".
|
||
--- Parens inside single and double quotes are also
|
||
--- counted, causing a string that contains a paren to
|
||
--- disturb the matching. For example, in a line like
|
||
--- "if (strcmp("foo(", s))" the first paren does not
|
||
--- match the last one. When this flag is not included,
|
||
--- parens inside single and double quotes are treated
|
||
--- specially. When matching a paren outside of quotes,
|
||
--- everything inside quotes is ignored. When matching a
|
||
--- paren inside quotes, it will find the matching one (if
|
||
--- there is one). This works very well for C programs.
|
||
--- This flag is also used for other features, such as
|
||
--- C-indenting.
|
||
--- *cpo-+*
|
||
--- + When included, a ":write file" command will reset the
|
||
--- 'modified' flag of the buffer, even though the buffer
|
||
--- itself may still be different from its file.
|
||
--- *cpo->*
|
||
--- > When appending to a register, put a line break before
|
||
--- the appended text.
|
||
--- *cpo-;*
|
||
--- ; When using `,` or `;` to repeat the last `t` search
|
||
--- and the cursor is right in front of the searched
|
||
--- character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
|
||
--- the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
|
||
--- following occurrence.
|
||
--- *cpo-_*
|
||
--- _ When using `cw` on a word, do not include the
|
||
--- whitespace following the word in the motion.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cpoptions = "aABceFs_"
|
||
vim.o.cpo = vim.o.cpoptions
|
||
vim.go.cpoptions = vim.o.cpoptions
|
||
vim.go.cpo = vim.go.cpoptions
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is set, as the cursor in the current
|
||
--- window moves other cursorbound windows (windows that also have
|
||
--- this option set) move their cursors to the corresponding line and
|
||
--- column. This option is useful for viewing the
|
||
--- differences between two versions of a file (see 'diff'); in diff mode,
|
||
--- inserted and deleted lines (though not characters within a line) are
|
||
--- taken into account.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.cursorbind = false
|
||
vim.o.crb = vim.o.cursorbind
|
||
vim.wo.cursorbind = vim.o.cursorbind
|
||
vim.wo.crb = vim.wo.cursorbind
|
||
|
||
--- Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
|
||
--- `hl-CursorColumn`. Useful to align text. Will make screen redrawing
|
||
--- slower.
|
||
--- If you only want the highlighting in the current window you can use
|
||
--- these autocommands:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- au WinLeave * set nocursorline nocursorcolumn
|
||
--- au WinEnter * set cursorline cursorcolumn
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.cursorcolumn = false
|
||
vim.o.cuc = vim.o.cursorcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.cursorcolumn = vim.o.cursorcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.cuc = vim.wo.cursorcolumn
|
||
|
||
--- Highlight the text line of the cursor with CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
|
||
--- Useful to easily spot the cursor. Will make screen redrawing slower.
|
||
--- When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
|
||
--- easier to see the selected text.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.cursorline = false
|
||
vim.o.cul = vim.o.cursorline
|
||
vim.wo.cursorline = vim.o.cursorline
|
||
vim.wo.cul = vim.wo.cursorline
|
||
|
||
--- Comma-separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
|
||
--- Valid values:
|
||
--- "line" Highlight the text line of the cursor with
|
||
--- CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
|
||
--- "screenline" Highlight only the screen line of the cursor with
|
||
--- CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
|
||
--- "number" Highlight the line number of the cursor with
|
||
--- CursorLineNr `hl-CursorLineNr`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Special value:
|
||
--- "both" Alias for the values "line,number".
|
||
---
|
||
--- "line" and "screenline" cannot be used together.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.cursorlineopt = "both"
|
||
vim.o.culopt = vim.o.cursorlineopt
|
||
vim.wo.cursorlineopt = vim.o.cursorlineopt
|
||
vim.wo.culopt = vim.wo.cursorlineopt
|
||
|
||
--- These values can be used:
|
||
--- msg Error messages that would otherwise be omitted will be given
|
||
--- anyway.
|
||
--- throw Error messages that would otherwise be omitted will be given
|
||
--- anyway and also throw an exception and set `v:errmsg`.
|
||
--- beep A message will be given when otherwise only a beep would be
|
||
--- produced.
|
||
--- The values can be combined, separated by a comma.
|
||
--- "msg" and "throw" are useful for debugging 'foldexpr', 'formatexpr' or
|
||
--- 'indentexpr'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.debug = ""
|
||
vim.go.debug = vim.o.debug
|
||
|
||
--- Pattern to be used to find a macro definition. It is a search
|
||
--- pattern, just like for the "/" command. This option is used for the
|
||
--- commands like "[i" and "[d" `include-search`. The 'isident' option is
|
||
--- used to recognize the defined name after the match:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- {match with 'define'}{non-ID chars}{defined name}{non-ID char}
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about inserting backslashes to include a space
|
||
--- or backslash.
|
||
--- For C++ this value would be useful, to include const type declarations:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- ^\(#\s*define\|[a-z]*\s*const\s*[a-z]*\)
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- You can also use "\ze" just before the name and continue the pattern
|
||
--- to check what is following. E.g. for Javascript, if a function is
|
||
--- defined with `func_name = function(args)`:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- ^\s*\ze\i\+\s*=\s*function(
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- If the function is defined with `func_name : function() {...`:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- ^\s*\ze\i\+\s*[:]\s*(*function\s*(
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- When using the ":set" command, you need to double the backslashes!
|
||
--- To avoid that use `:let` with a single quote string:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- let &l:define = '^\s*\ze\k\+\s*=\s*function('
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.define = ""
|
||
vim.o.def = vim.o.define
|
||
vim.bo.define = vim.o.define
|
||
vim.bo.def = vim.bo.define
|
||
vim.go.define = vim.o.define
|
||
vim.go.def = vim.go.define
|
||
|
||
--- If editing Unicode and this option is set, backspace and Normal mode
|
||
--- "x" delete each combining character on its own. When it is off (the
|
||
--- default) the character along with its combining characters are
|
||
--- deleted.
|
||
--- Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work differently from "2x"!
|
||
---
|
||
--- This is useful for Arabic, Hebrew and many other languages where one
|
||
--- may have combining characters overtop of base characters, and want
|
||
--- to remove only the combining ones.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.delcombine = false
|
||
vim.o.deco = vim.o.delcombine
|
||
vim.go.delcombine = vim.o.delcombine
|
||
vim.go.deco = vim.go.delcombine
|
||
|
||
--- List of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
|
||
--- for keyword completion commands `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K`. Each file should
|
||
--- contain a list of words. This can be one word per line, or several
|
||
--- words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
|
||
--- preferred). Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When this option is empty or an entry "spell" is present, and spell
|
||
--- checking is enabled, words in the word lists for the currently active
|
||
--- 'spelllang' are used. See `spell`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash. Spaces
|
||
--- after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
|
||
--- name. See `option-backslash` about using backslashes.
|
||
--- This has nothing to do with the `Dictionary` variable type.
|
||
--- Where to find a list of words?
|
||
--- - BSD/macOS include the "/usr/share/dict/words" file.
|
||
--- - Try "apt install spell" to get the "/usr/share/dict/words" file on
|
||
--- apt-managed systems (Debian/Ubuntu).
|
||
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
|
||
--- directories from the list. This avoids problems when a future version
|
||
--- uses another default.
|
||
--- Backticks cannot be used in this option for security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.dictionary = ""
|
||
vim.o.dict = vim.o.dictionary
|
||
vim.bo.dictionary = vim.o.dictionary
|
||
vim.bo.dict = vim.bo.dictionary
|
||
vim.go.dictionary = vim.o.dictionary
|
||
vim.go.dict = vim.go.dictionary
|
||
|
||
--- Join the current window in the group of windows that shows differences
|
||
--- between files. See `diff-mode`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.diff = false
|
||
vim.wo.diff = vim.o.diff
|
||
|
||
--- Expression which is evaluated to obtain a diff file (either ed-style
|
||
--- or unified-style) from two versions of a file. See `diff-diffexpr`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.diffexpr = ""
|
||
vim.o.dex = vim.o.diffexpr
|
||
vim.go.diffexpr = vim.o.diffexpr
|
||
vim.go.dex = vim.go.diffexpr
|
||
|
||
--- Option settings for diff mode. It can consist of the following items.
|
||
--- All are optional. Items must be separated by a comma.
|
||
---
|
||
--- filler Show filler lines, to keep the text
|
||
--- synchronized with a window that has inserted
|
||
--- lines at the same position. Mostly useful
|
||
--- when windows are side-by-side and 'scrollbind'
|
||
--- is set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- context:{n} Use a context of {n} lines between a change
|
||
--- and a fold that contains unchanged lines.
|
||
--- When omitted a context of six lines is used.
|
||
--- When using zero the context is actually one,
|
||
--- since folds require a line in between, also
|
||
--- for a deleted line. Set it to a very large
|
||
--- value (999999) to disable folding completely.
|
||
--- See `fold-diff`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- iblank Ignore changes where lines are all blank. Adds
|
||
--- the "-B" flag to the "diff" command if
|
||
--- 'diffexpr' is empty. Check the documentation
|
||
--- of the "diff" command for what this does
|
||
--- exactly.
|
||
--- NOTE: the diff windows will get out of sync,
|
||
--- because no differences between blank lines are
|
||
--- taken into account.
|
||
---
|
||
--- icase Ignore changes in case of text. "a" and "A"
|
||
--- are considered the same. Adds the "-i" flag
|
||
--- to the "diff" command if 'diffexpr' is empty.
|
||
---
|
||
--- iwhite Ignore changes in amount of white space. Adds
|
||
--- the "-b" flag to the "diff" command if
|
||
--- 'diffexpr' is empty. Check the documentation
|
||
--- of the "diff" command for what this does
|
||
--- exactly. It should ignore adding trailing
|
||
--- white space, but not leading white space.
|
||
---
|
||
--- iwhiteall Ignore all white space changes. Adds
|
||
--- the "-w" flag to the "diff" command if
|
||
--- 'diffexpr' is empty. Check the documentation
|
||
--- of the "diff" command for what this does
|
||
--- exactly.
|
||
---
|
||
--- iwhiteeol Ignore white space changes at end of line.
|
||
--- Adds the "-Z" flag to the "diff" command if
|
||
--- 'diffexpr' is empty. Check the documentation
|
||
--- of the "diff" command for what this does
|
||
--- exactly.
|
||
---
|
||
--- horizontal Start diff mode with horizontal splits (unless
|
||
--- explicitly specified otherwise).
|
||
---
|
||
--- vertical Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
|
||
--- explicitly specified otherwise).
|
||
---
|
||
--- closeoff When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
|
||
--- and there is only one window remaining in the
|
||
--- same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
|
||
--- `:diffoff` in that window. This undoes a
|
||
--- `:diffsplit` command.
|
||
---
|
||
--- hiddenoff Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
|
||
--- becomes hidden.
|
||
---
|
||
--- foldcolumn:{n} Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
|
||
--- starting diff mode. Without this 2 is used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- followwrap Follow the 'wrap' option and leave as it is.
|
||
---
|
||
--- internal Use the internal diff library. This is
|
||
--- ignored when 'diffexpr' is set. *E960*
|
||
--- When running out of memory when writing a
|
||
--- buffer this item will be ignored for diffs
|
||
--- involving that buffer. Set the 'verbose'
|
||
--- option to see when this happens.
|
||
---
|
||
--- indent-heuristic
|
||
--- Use the indent heuristic for the internal
|
||
--- diff library.
|
||
---
|
||
--- linematch:{n} Enable a second stage diff on each generated
|
||
--- hunk in order to align lines. When the total
|
||
--- number of lines in a hunk exceeds {n}, the
|
||
--- second stage diff will not be performed as
|
||
--- very large hunks can cause noticeable lag. A
|
||
--- recommended setting is "linematch:60", as this
|
||
--- will enable alignment for a 2 buffer diff with
|
||
--- hunks of up to 30 lines each, or a 3 buffer
|
||
--- diff with hunks of up to 20 lines each.
|
||
---
|
||
--- algorithm:{text} Use the specified diff algorithm with the
|
||
--- internal diff engine. Currently supported
|
||
--- algorithms are:
|
||
--- myers the default algorithm
|
||
--- minimal spend extra time to generate the
|
||
--- smallest possible diff
|
||
--- patience patience diff algorithm
|
||
--- histogram histogram diff algorithm
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set diffopt=internal,filler,context:4
|
||
--- :set diffopt=
|
||
--- :set diffopt=internal,filler,foldcolumn:3
|
||
--- :set diffopt-=internal " do NOT use the internal diff parser
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.diffopt = "internal,filler,closeoff"
|
||
vim.o.dip = vim.o.diffopt
|
||
vim.go.diffopt = vim.o.diffopt
|
||
vim.go.dip = vim.go.diffopt
|
||
|
||
--- Enable the entering of digraphs in Insert mode with {char1} <BS>
|
||
--- {char2}. See `digraphs`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.digraph = false
|
||
vim.o.dg = vim.o.digraph
|
||
vim.go.digraph = vim.o.digraph
|
||
vim.go.dg = vim.go.digraph
|
||
|
||
--- List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Possible items:
|
||
--- - The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
|
||
--- possible. If it is not possible in any directory, but last
|
||
--- directory listed in the option does not exist, it is created.
|
||
--- - Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
|
||
--- impossible!) and no `E303` error will be given.
|
||
--- - A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
|
||
--- the edited file. On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
|
||
--- it doesn't show in a directory listing. On MS-Windows the "hidden"
|
||
--- attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
|
||
--- - A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
|
||
--- the swap file relative to where the edited file is. The leading "."
|
||
--- is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
|
||
--- - For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
|
||
--- the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
|
||
--- with all path separators replaced by percent '%' signs (including
|
||
--- the colon following the drive letter on Win32). This will ensure
|
||
--- file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
|
||
--- On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\". However, When a
|
||
--- separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
|
||
--- include the comma in the file name. Therefore it is recommended to
|
||
--- use '//', instead of '\\'.
|
||
--- - Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
|
||
--- of the directory name. To have a space at the start of a directory
|
||
--- name, precede it with a backslash.
|
||
--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with a backslash.
|
||
--- - A directory name may end in an ':' or '/'.
|
||
--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
|
||
--- - Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
|
||
--- get one in the option (see `option-backslash`), for example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set dir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- Editing the same file twice will result in a warning. Using "/tmp" on
|
||
--- is discouraged: if the system crashes you lose the swap file. And
|
||
--- others on the computer may be able to see the files.
|
||
--- Use `:set+=` and `:set-=` when adding or removing directories from the
|
||
--- list, this avoids problems if the Nvim default is changed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.directory = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/swap//"
|
||
vim.o.dir = vim.o.directory
|
||
vim.go.directory = vim.o.directory
|
||
vim.go.dir = vim.go.directory
|
||
|
||
--- Change the way text is displayed. This is a comma-separated list of
|
||
--- flags:
|
||
--- lastline When included, as much as possible of the last line
|
||
--- in a window will be displayed. "@@@" is put in the
|
||
--- last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
|
||
--- rest of the line is not displayed.
|
||
--- truncate Like "lastline", but "@@@" is displayed in the first
|
||
--- column of the last screen line. Overrules "lastline".
|
||
--- uhex Show unprintable characters hexadecimal as <xx>
|
||
--- instead of using ^C and ~C.
|
||
--- msgsep Obsolete flag. Allowed but takes no effect. `msgsep`
|
||
---
|
||
--- When neither "lastline" nor "truncate" is included, a last line that
|
||
--- doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The "@" character can be changed by setting the "lastline" item in
|
||
--- 'fillchars'. The character is highlighted with `hl-NonText`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.display = "lastline"
|
||
vim.o.dy = vim.o.display
|
||
vim.go.display = vim.o.display
|
||
vim.go.dy = vim.go.display
|
||
|
||
--- Tells when the 'equalalways' option applies:
|
||
--- ver vertically, width of windows is not affected
|
||
--- hor horizontally, height of windows is not affected
|
||
--- both width and height of windows is affected
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.eadirection = "both"
|
||
vim.o.ead = vim.o.eadirection
|
||
vim.go.eadirection = vim.o.eadirection
|
||
vim.go.ead = vim.go.eadirection
|
||
|
||
--- When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
|
||
--- This excludes "text emoji" characters, which are normally displayed as
|
||
--- single width. Unfortunately there is no good specification for this
|
||
--- and it has been determined on trial-and-error basis. Use the
|
||
--- `setcellwidths()` function to change the behavior.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.emoji = true
|
||
vim.o.emo = vim.o.emoji
|
||
vim.go.emoji = vim.o.emoji
|
||
vim.go.emo = vim.go.emoji
|
||
|
||
--- String-encoding used internally and for `RPC` communication.
|
||
--- Always UTF-8.
|
||
---
|
||
--- See 'fileencoding' to control file-content encoding.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.encoding = "utf-8"
|
||
vim.o.enc = vim.o.encoding
|
||
vim.go.encoding = vim.o.encoding
|
||
vim.go.enc = vim.go.encoding
|
||
|
||
--- Indicates that a CTRL-Z character was found at the end of the file
|
||
--- when reading it. Normally only happens when 'fileformat' is "dos".
|
||
--- When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
|
||
--- is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no CTRL-Z will be written at the
|
||
--- end of the file.
|
||
--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.endoffile = false
|
||
vim.o.eof = vim.o.endoffile
|
||
vim.bo.endoffile = vim.o.endoffile
|
||
vim.bo.eof = vim.bo.endoffile
|
||
|
||
--- When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
|
||
--- is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
|
||
--- last line in the file. This option is automatically set or reset when
|
||
--- starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
|
||
--- for the last line in the file. Normally you don't have to set or
|
||
--- reset this option.
|
||
--- When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
|
||
--- writing the file. When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
|
||
--- to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
|
||
--- that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
|
||
--- be kept. But you can change it if you want to.
|
||
--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.endofline = true
|
||
vim.o.eol = vim.o.endofline
|
||
vim.bo.endofline = vim.o.endofline
|
||
vim.bo.eol = vim.bo.endofline
|
||
|
||
--- When on, all the windows are automatically made the same size after
|
||
--- splitting or closing a window. This also happens the moment the
|
||
--- option is switched on. When off, splitting a window will reduce the
|
||
--- size of the current window and leave the other windows the same. When
|
||
--- closing a window the extra lines are given to the window next to it
|
||
--- (depending on 'splitbelow' and 'splitright').
|
||
--- When mixing vertically and horizontally split windows, a minimal size
|
||
--- is computed and some windows may be larger if there is room. The
|
||
--- 'eadirection' option tells in which direction the size is affected.
|
||
--- Changing the height and width of a window can be avoided by setting
|
||
--- 'winfixheight' and 'winfixwidth', respectively.
|
||
--- If a window size is specified when creating a new window sizes are
|
||
--- currently not equalized (it's complicated, but may be implemented in
|
||
--- the future).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.equalalways = true
|
||
vim.o.ea = vim.o.equalalways
|
||
vim.go.equalalways = vim.o.equalalways
|
||
vim.go.ea = vim.go.equalalways
|
||
|
||
--- External program to use for "=" command. When this option is empty
|
||
--- the internal formatting functions are used; either 'lisp', 'cindent'
|
||
--- or 'indentexpr'.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`. See `option-backslash`
|
||
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.equalprg = ""
|
||
vim.o.ep = vim.o.equalprg
|
||
vim.bo.equalprg = vim.o.equalprg
|
||
vim.bo.ep = vim.bo.equalprg
|
||
vim.go.equalprg = vim.o.equalprg
|
||
vim.go.ep = vim.go.equalprg
|
||
|
||
--- Ring the bell (beep or screen flash) for error messages. This only
|
||
--- makes a difference for error messages, the bell will be used always
|
||
--- for a lot of errors without a message (e.g., hitting <Esc> in Normal
|
||
--- mode). See 'visualbell' to make the bell behave like a screen flash
|
||
--- or do nothing. See 'belloff' to finetune when to ring the bell.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.errorbells = false
|
||
vim.o.eb = vim.o.errorbells
|
||
vim.go.errorbells = vim.o.errorbells
|
||
vim.go.eb = vim.go.errorbells
|
||
|
||
--- Name of the errorfile for the QuickFix mode (see `:cf`).
|
||
--- When the "-q" command-line argument is used, 'errorfile' is set to the
|
||
--- following argument. See `-q`.
|
||
--- NOT used for the ":make" command. See 'makeef' for that.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.errorfile = "errors.err"
|
||
vim.o.ef = vim.o.errorfile
|
||
vim.go.errorfile = vim.o.errorfile
|
||
vim.go.ef = vim.go.errorfile
|
||
|
||
--- Scanf-like description of the format for the lines in the error file
|
||
--- (see `errorformat`).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.errorformat = "%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l: %m,\"%f\"%*\\D%l: %m,%-Gg%\\?make[%*\\d]: *** [%f:%l:%m,%-Gg%\\?make: *** [%f:%l:%m,%-G%f:%l: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once,%-G%f:%l: for each function it appears in.),%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c:,%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c\\,,%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c,%-GIn file included from %f:%l,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l:%c,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l:,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l\\,,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l,%f:%l:%c:%m,%f(%l):%m,%f:%l:%m,\"%f\"\\, line %l%*\\D%c%*[^ ] %m,%D%*\\a[%*\\d]: Entering directory %*[`']%f',%X%*\\a[%*\\d]: Leaving directory %*[`']%f',%D%*\\a: Entering directory %*[`']%f',%X%*\\a: Leaving directory %*[`']%f',%DMaking %*\\a in %f,%f|%l| %m"
|
||
vim.o.efm = vim.o.errorformat
|
||
vim.bo.errorformat = vim.o.errorformat
|
||
vim.bo.efm = vim.bo.errorformat
|
||
vim.go.errorformat = vim.o.errorformat
|
||
vim.go.efm = vim.go.errorformat
|
||
|
||
--- A list of autocommand event names, which are to be ignored.
|
||
--- When set to "all" or when "all" is one of the items, all autocommand
|
||
--- events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
|
||
--- Otherwise this is a comma-separated list of event names. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set ei=WinEnter,WinLeave
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.eventignore = ""
|
||
vim.o.ei = vim.o.eventignore
|
||
vim.go.eventignore = vim.o.eventignore
|
||
vim.go.ei = vim.go.eventignore
|
||
|
||
--- In Insert mode: Use the appropriate number of spaces to insert a
|
||
--- <Tab>. Spaces are used in indents with the '>' and '<' commands and
|
||
--- when 'autoindent' is on. To insert a real tab when 'expandtab' is
|
||
--- on, use CTRL-V<Tab>. See also `:retab` and `ins-expandtab`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.expandtab = false
|
||
vim.o.et = vim.o.expandtab
|
||
vim.bo.expandtab = vim.o.expandtab
|
||
vim.bo.et = vim.bo.expandtab
|
||
|
||
--- Automatically execute .nvim.lua, .nvimrc, and .exrc files in the
|
||
--- current directory, if the file is in the `trust` list. Use `:trust` to
|
||
--- manage trusted files. See also `vim.secure.read()`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Compare 'exrc' to `editorconfig`:
|
||
--- - 'exrc' can execute any code; editorconfig only specifies settings.
|
||
--- - 'exrc' is Nvim-specific; editorconfig works in other editors.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.exrc = false
|
||
vim.o.ex = vim.o.exrc
|
||
vim.go.exrc = vim.o.exrc
|
||
vim.go.ex = vim.go.exrc
|
||
|
||
--- File-content encoding for the current buffer. Conversion is done with
|
||
--- iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When 'fileencoding' is not UTF-8, conversion will be done when
|
||
--- writing the file. For reading see below.
|
||
--- When 'fileencoding' is empty, the file will be saved with UTF-8
|
||
--- encoding (no conversion when reading or writing a file).
|
||
---
|
||
--- WARNING: Conversion to a non-Unicode encoding can cause loss of
|
||
--- information!
|
||
---
|
||
--- See `encoding-names` for the possible values. Additionally, values may be
|
||
--- specified that can be handled by the converter, see
|
||
--- `mbyte-conversion`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When reading a file 'fileencoding' will be set from 'fileencodings'.
|
||
--- To read a file in a certain encoding it won't work by setting
|
||
--- 'fileencoding', use the `++enc` argument. One exception: when
|
||
--- 'fileencodings' is empty the value of 'fileencoding' is used.
|
||
--- For a new file the global value of 'fileencoding' is used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
|
||
--- When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase. Thus
|
||
--- you can set it with uppercase values too. '_' characters are
|
||
--- replaced with '-'. If a name is recognized from the list at
|
||
--- `encoding-names`, it is replaced by the standard name. For example
|
||
--- "ISO8859-2" becomes "iso-8859-2".
|
||
---
|
||
--- When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
|
||
--- option is set, because the file would be different when written.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Keep in mind that changing 'fenc' from a modeline happens
|
||
--- AFTER the text has been read, thus it applies to when the file will be
|
||
--- written. If you do set 'fenc' in a modeline, you might want to set
|
||
--- 'nomodified' to avoid not being able to ":q".
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.fileencoding = ""
|
||
vim.o.fenc = vim.o.fileencoding
|
||
vim.bo.fileencoding = vim.o.fileencoding
|
||
vim.bo.fenc = vim.bo.fileencoding
|
||
|
||
--- This is a list of character encodings considered when starting to edit
|
||
--- an existing file. When a file is read, Vim tries to use the first
|
||
--- mentioned character encoding. If an error is detected, the next one
|
||
--- in the list is tried. When an encoding is found that works,
|
||
--- 'fileencoding' is set to it. If all fail, 'fileencoding' is set to
|
||
--- an empty string, which means that UTF-8 is used.
|
||
--- WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information! You can use
|
||
--- the `++bad` argument to specify what is done with characters
|
||
--- that can't be converted.
|
||
--- For an empty file or a file with only ASCII characters most encodings
|
||
--- will work and the first entry of 'fileencodings' will be used (except
|
||
--- "ucs-bom", which requires the BOM to be present). If you prefer
|
||
--- another encoding use an BufReadPost autocommand event to test if your
|
||
--- preferred encoding is to be used. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- au BufReadPost * if search('\S', 'w') == 0 |
|
||
--- \ set fenc=iso-2022-jp | endif
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This sets 'fileencoding' to "iso-2022-jp" if the file does not contain
|
||
--- non-blank characters.
|
||
--- When the `++enc` argument is used then the value of 'fileencodings' is
|
||
--- not used.
|
||
--- Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, the global value
|
||
--- of 'fileencoding' is used instead. You can set it with:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
|
||
--- an empty file.
|
||
--- The special value "ucs-bom" can be used to check for a Unicode BOM
|
||
--- (Byte Order Mark) at the start of the file. It must not be preceded
|
||
--- by "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding for this to work properly.
|
||
--- An entry for an 8-bit encoding (e.g., "latin1") should be the last,
|
||
--- because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
|
||
--- accepted.
|
||
--- The special value "default" can be used for the encoding from the
|
||
--- environment. It is useful when your environment uses a non-latin1
|
||
--- encoding, such as Russian.
|
||
--- When a file contains an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence it won't be
|
||
--- recognized as "utf-8". You can use the `8g8` command to find the
|
||
--- illegal byte sequence.
|
||
--- WRONG VALUES: WHAT'S WRONG:
|
||
--- latin1,utf-8 "latin1" will always be used
|
||
--- utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1 BOM won't be recognized in an utf-8
|
||
--- file
|
||
--- cp1250,latin1 "cp1250" will always be used
|
||
--- If 'fileencodings' is empty, 'fileencoding' is not modified.
|
||
--- See 'fileencoding' for the possible values.
|
||
--- Setting this option does not have an effect until the next time a file
|
||
--- is read.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.fileencodings = "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1"
|
||
vim.o.fencs = vim.o.fileencodings
|
||
vim.go.fileencodings = vim.o.fileencodings
|
||
vim.go.fencs = vim.go.fileencodings
|
||
|
||
--- This gives the <EOL> of the current buffer, which is used for
|
||
--- reading/writing the buffer from/to a file:
|
||
--- dos <CR><NL>
|
||
--- unix <NL>
|
||
--- mac <CR>
|
||
--- When "dos" is used, CTRL-Z at the end of a file is ignored.
|
||
--- See `file-formats` and `file-read`.
|
||
--- For the character encoding of the file see 'fileencoding'.
|
||
--- When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformat' is ignored, file I/O
|
||
--- works like it was set to "unix".
|
||
--- This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
|
||
--- 'fileformats' is not empty and 'binary' is off.
|
||
--- When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
|
||
--- option is set, because the file would be different when written.
|
||
--- This option cannot be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.fileformat = "unix"
|
||
vim.o.ff = vim.o.fileformat
|
||
vim.bo.fileformat = vim.o.fileformat
|
||
vim.bo.ff = vim.bo.fileformat
|
||
|
||
--- This gives the end-of-line (<EOL>) formats that will be tried when
|
||
--- starting to edit a new buffer and when reading a file into an existing
|
||
--- buffer:
|
||
--- - When empty, the format defined with 'fileformat' will be used
|
||
--- always. It is not set automatically.
|
||
--- - When set to one name, that format will be used whenever a new buffer
|
||
--- is opened. 'fileformat' is set accordingly for that buffer. The
|
||
--- 'fileformats' name will be used when a file is read into an existing
|
||
--- buffer, no matter what 'fileformat' for that buffer is set to.
|
||
--- - When more than one name is present, separated by commas, automatic
|
||
--- <EOL> detection will be done when reading a file. When starting to
|
||
--- edit a file, a check is done for the <EOL>:
|
||
--- 1. If all lines end in <CR><NL>, and 'fileformats' includes "dos",
|
||
--- 'fileformat' is set to "dos".
|
||
--- 2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
|
||
--- is set to "unix". Note that when a <NL> is found without a
|
||
--- preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
|
||
--- 3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
|
||
--- if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
|
||
--- This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
|
||
--- "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
|
||
--- "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
|
||
--- Except: if "unix" was chosen, but there is a <CR> before
|
||
--- the first <NL>, and there appear to be more <CR>s than <NL>s in
|
||
--- the first few lines, "mac" is used.
|
||
--- 4. If 'fileformat' is still not set, the first name from
|
||
--- 'fileformats' is used.
|
||
--- When reading a file into an existing buffer, the same is done, but
|
||
--- this happens like 'fileformat' has been set appropriately for that
|
||
--- file only, the option is not changed.
|
||
--- When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used. You
|
||
--- can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
|
||
--- are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
|
||
--- done:
|
||
--- - When 'fileformats' is empty, there is no automatic detection. Dos
|
||
--- format will be used.
|
||
--- - When 'fileformats' is set to one or more names, automatic detection
|
||
--- is done. This is based on the first <NL> in the file: If there is a
|
||
--- <CR> in front of it, Dos format is used, otherwise Unix format is
|
||
--- used.
|
||
--- Also see `file-formats`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.fileformats = "unix,dos"
|
||
vim.o.ffs = vim.o.fileformats
|
||
vim.go.fileformats = vim.o.fileformats
|
||
vim.go.ffs = vim.go.fileformats
|
||
|
||
--- When set case is ignored when using file names and directories.
|
||
--- See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.fileignorecase = false
|
||
vim.o.fic = vim.o.fileignorecase
|
||
vim.go.fileignorecase = vim.o.fileignorecase
|
||
vim.go.fic = vim.go.fileignorecase
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is set, the FileType autocommand event is triggered.
|
||
--- All autocommands that match with the value of this option will be
|
||
--- executed. Thus the value of 'filetype' is used in place of the file
|
||
--- name.
|
||
--- Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current file type.
|
||
--- This option is normally set when the file type is detected. To enable
|
||
--- this use the ":filetype on" command. `:filetype`
|
||
--- Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a modeline,
|
||
--- for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
|
||
--- Example, for in an IDL file:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- /* vim: set filetype=idl : */
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- `FileType` `filetypes`
|
||
--- When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
|
||
--- names. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- /* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
|
||
--- This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files. More than
|
||
--- one dot may appear.
|
||
--- This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
|
||
--- 'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
|
||
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.filetype = ""
|
||
vim.o.ft = vim.o.filetype
|
||
vim.bo.filetype = vim.o.filetype
|
||
vim.bo.ft = vim.bo.filetype
|
||
|
||
--- Characters to fill the statuslines, vertical separators and special
|
||
--- lines in the window.
|
||
--- It is a comma-separated list of items. Each item has a name, a colon
|
||
--- and the value of that item:
|
||
---
|
||
--- item default Used for ~
|
||
--- stl ' ' statusline of the current window
|
||
--- stlnc ' ' statusline of the non-current windows
|
||
--- wbr ' ' window bar
|
||
--- horiz '─' or '-' horizontal separators `:split`
|
||
--- horizup '┴' or '-' upwards facing horizontal separator
|
||
--- horizdown '┬' or '-' downwards facing horizontal separator
|
||
--- vert '│' or '|' vertical separators `:vsplit`
|
||
--- vertleft '┤' or '|' left facing vertical separator
|
||
--- vertright '├' or '|' right facing vertical separator
|
||
--- verthoriz '┼' or '+' overlapping vertical and horizontal
|
||
--- separator
|
||
--- fold '·' or '-' filling 'foldtext'
|
||
--- foldopen '-' mark the beginning of a fold
|
||
--- foldclose '+' show a closed fold
|
||
--- foldsep '│' or '|' open fold middle marker
|
||
--- diff '-' deleted lines of the 'diff' option
|
||
--- msgsep ' ' message separator 'display'
|
||
--- eob '~' empty lines at the end of a buffer
|
||
--- lastline '@' 'display' contains lastline/truncate
|
||
---
|
||
--- Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that "horiz", "horizup", "horizdown", "vertleft", "vertright" and
|
||
--- "verthoriz" are only used when 'laststatus' is 3, since only vertical
|
||
--- window separators are used otherwise.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If 'ambiwidth' is "double" then "horiz", "horizup", "horizdown",
|
||
--- "vert", "vertleft", "vertright", "verthoriz", "foldsep" and "fold"
|
||
--- default to single-byte alternatives.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set fillchars=stl:^,stlnc:=,vert:│,fold:·,diff:-
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This is similar to the default, except that these characters will also
|
||
--- be used when there is highlighting.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For the "stl", "stlnc", "foldopen", "foldclose" and "foldsep" items
|
||
--- single-byte and multibyte characters are supported. But double-width
|
||
--- characters are not supported.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The highlighting used for these items:
|
||
--- item highlight group ~
|
||
--- stl StatusLine `hl-StatusLine`
|
||
--- stlnc StatusLineNC `hl-StatusLineNC`
|
||
--- wbr WinBar `hl-WinBar` or `hl-WinBarNC`
|
||
--- horiz WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- horizup WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- horizdown WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- vert WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- vertleft WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- vertright WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- verthoriz WinSeparator `hl-WinSeparator`
|
||
--- fold Folded `hl-Folded`
|
||
--- diff DiffDelete `hl-DiffDelete`
|
||
--- eob EndOfBuffer `hl-EndOfBuffer`
|
||
--- lastline NonText `hl-NonText`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.fillchars = ""
|
||
vim.o.fcs = vim.o.fillchars
|
||
vim.wo.fillchars = vim.o.fillchars
|
||
vim.wo.fcs = vim.wo.fillchars
|
||
vim.go.fillchars = vim.o.fillchars
|
||
vim.go.fcs = vim.go.fillchars
|
||
|
||
--- When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
|
||
--- will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
|
||
--- preserve the situation from the original file.
|
||
--- When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
|
||
--- matter.
|
||
--- See the 'endofline' option.
|
||
--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.fixendofline = true
|
||
vim.o.fixeol = vim.o.fixendofline
|
||
vim.bo.fixendofline = vim.o.fixendofline
|
||
vim.bo.fixeol = vim.bo.fixendofline
|
||
|
||
--- When set to "all", a fold is closed when the cursor isn't in it and
|
||
--- its level is higher than 'foldlevel'. Useful if you want folds to
|
||
--- automatically close when moving out of them.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldclose = ""
|
||
vim.o.fcl = vim.o.foldclose
|
||
vim.go.foldclose = vim.o.foldclose
|
||
vim.go.fcl = vim.go.foldclose
|
||
|
||
--- When and how to draw the foldcolumn. Valid values are:
|
||
--- "auto": resize to the minimum amount of folds to display.
|
||
--- "auto:[1-9]": resize to accommodate multiple folds up to the
|
||
--- selected level
|
||
--- "0": to disable foldcolumn
|
||
--- "[1-9]": to display a fixed number of columns
|
||
--- See `folding`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldcolumn = "0"
|
||
vim.o.fdc = vim.o.foldcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.foldcolumn = vim.o.foldcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.fdc = vim.wo.foldcolumn
|
||
|
||
--- When off, all folds are open. This option can be used to quickly
|
||
--- switch between showing all text unfolded and viewing the text with
|
||
--- folds (including manually opened or closed folds). It can be toggled
|
||
--- with the `zi` command. The 'foldcolumn' will remain blank when
|
||
--- 'foldenable' is off.
|
||
--- This option is set by commands that create a new fold or close a fold.
|
||
--- See `folding`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.foldenable = true
|
||
vim.o.fen = vim.o.foldenable
|
||
vim.wo.foldenable = vim.o.foldenable
|
||
vim.wo.fen = vim.wo.foldenable
|
||
|
||
--- The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr". It is evaluated
|
||
--- for each line to obtain its fold level. The context is set to the
|
||
--- script where 'foldexpr' was set, script-local items can be accessed.
|
||
--- See `fold-expr` for the usage.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from a
|
||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
|
||
--- This option can't be set from a `modeline` when the 'diff' option is
|
||
--- on or the 'modelineexpr' option is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
|
||
--- evaluating 'foldexpr' `textlock`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldexpr = "0"
|
||
vim.o.fde = vim.o.foldexpr
|
||
vim.wo.foldexpr = vim.o.foldexpr
|
||
vim.wo.fde = vim.wo.foldexpr
|
||
|
||
--- Used only when 'foldmethod' is "indent". Lines starting with
|
||
--- characters in 'foldignore' will get their fold level from surrounding
|
||
--- lines. White space is skipped before checking for this character.
|
||
--- The default "#" works well for C programs. See `fold-indent`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldignore = "#"
|
||
vim.o.fdi = vim.o.foldignore
|
||
vim.wo.foldignore = vim.o.foldignore
|
||
vim.wo.fdi = vim.wo.foldignore
|
||
|
||
--- Sets the fold level: Folds with a higher level will be closed.
|
||
--- Setting this option to zero will close all folds. Higher numbers will
|
||
--- close fewer folds.
|
||
--- This option is set by commands like `zm`, `zM` and `zR`.
|
||
--- See `fold-foldlevel`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.foldlevel = 0
|
||
vim.o.fdl = vim.o.foldlevel
|
||
vim.wo.foldlevel = vim.o.foldlevel
|
||
vim.wo.fdl = vim.wo.foldlevel
|
||
|
||
--- Sets 'foldlevel' when starting to edit another buffer in a window.
|
||
--- Useful to always start editing with all folds closed (value zero),
|
||
--- some folds closed (one) or no folds closed (99).
|
||
--- This is done before reading any modeline, thus a setting in a modeline
|
||
--- overrules this option. Starting to edit a file for `diff-mode` also
|
||
--- ignores this option and closes all folds.
|
||
--- It is also done before BufReadPre autocommands, to allow an autocmd to
|
||
--- overrule the 'foldlevel' value for specific files.
|
||
--- When the value is negative, it is not used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.foldlevelstart = -1
|
||
vim.o.fdls = vim.o.foldlevelstart
|
||
vim.go.foldlevelstart = vim.o.foldlevelstart
|
||
vim.go.fdls = vim.go.foldlevelstart
|
||
|
||
--- The start and end marker used when 'foldmethod' is "marker". There
|
||
--- must be one comma, which separates the start and end marker. The
|
||
--- marker is a literal string (a regular expression would be too slow).
|
||
--- See `fold-marker`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldmarker = "{{{,}}}"
|
||
vim.o.fmr = vim.o.foldmarker
|
||
vim.wo.foldmarker = vim.o.foldmarker
|
||
vim.wo.fmr = vim.wo.foldmarker
|
||
|
||
--- The kind of folding used for the current window. Possible values:
|
||
--- `fold-manual` manual Folds are created manually.
|
||
--- `fold-indent` indent Lines with equal indent form a fold.
|
||
--- `fold-expr` expr 'foldexpr' gives the fold level of a line.
|
||
--- `fold-marker` marker Markers are used to specify folds.
|
||
--- `fold-syntax` syntax Syntax highlighting items specify folds.
|
||
--- `fold-diff` diff Fold text that is not changed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldmethod = "manual"
|
||
vim.o.fdm = vim.o.foldmethod
|
||
vim.wo.foldmethod = vim.o.foldmethod
|
||
vim.wo.fdm = vim.wo.foldmethod
|
||
|
||
--- Sets the number of screen lines above which a fold can be displayed
|
||
--- closed. Also for manually closed folds. With the default value of
|
||
--- one a fold can only be closed if it takes up two or more screen lines.
|
||
--- Set to zero to be able to close folds of just one screen line.
|
||
--- Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed. After using
|
||
--- "zc" to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
|
||
--- than 'foldminlines', a following "zc" may close a containing fold.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.foldminlines = 1
|
||
vim.o.fml = vim.o.foldminlines
|
||
vim.wo.foldminlines = vim.o.foldminlines
|
||
vim.wo.fml = vim.wo.foldminlines
|
||
|
||
--- Sets the maximum nesting of folds for the "indent" and "syntax"
|
||
--- methods. This avoids that too many folds will be created. Using more
|
||
--- than 20 doesn't work, because the internal limit is 20.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.foldnestmax = 20
|
||
vim.o.fdn = vim.o.foldnestmax
|
||
vim.wo.foldnestmax = vim.o.foldnestmax
|
||
vim.wo.fdn = vim.wo.foldnestmax
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies for which type of commands folds will be opened, if the
|
||
--- command moves the cursor into a closed fold. It is a comma-separated
|
||
--- list of items.
|
||
--- NOTE: When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.
|
||
--- Add the `zv` command to the mapping to get the same effect.
|
||
--- (rationale: the mapping may want to control opening folds itself)
|
||
---
|
||
--- item commands ~
|
||
--- all any
|
||
--- block (, {, [[, [{, etc.
|
||
--- hor horizontal movements: "l", "w", "fx", etc.
|
||
--- insert any command in Insert mode
|
||
--- jump far jumps: "G", "gg", etc.
|
||
--- mark jumping to a mark: "'m", CTRL-O, etc.
|
||
--- percent "%"
|
||
--- quickfix ":cn", ":crew", ":make", etc.
|
||
--- search search for a pattern: "/", "n", "*", "gd", etc.
|
||
--- (not for a search pattern in a ":" command)
|
||
--- Also for `[s` and `]s`.
|
||
--- tag jumping to a tag: ":ta", CTRL-T, etc.
|
||
--- undo undo or redo: "u" and CTRL-R
|
||
--- When a movement command is used for an operator (e.g., "dl" or "y%")
|
||
--- this option is not used. This means the operator will include the
|
||
--- whole closed fold.
|
||
--- Note that vertical movements are not here, because it would make it
|
||
--- very difficult to move onto a closed fold.
|
||
--- In insert mode the folds containing the cursor will always be open
|
||
--- when text is inserted.
|
||
--- To close folds you can re-apply 'foldlevel' with the `zx` command or
|
||
--- set the 'foldclose' option to "all".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldopen = "block,hor,mark,percent,quickfix,search,tag,undo"
|
||
vim.o.fdo = vim.o.foldopen
|
||
vim.go.foldopen = vim.o.foldopen
|
||
vim.go.fdo = vim.go.foldopen
|
||
|
||
--- An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
|
||
--- fold. The context is set to the script where 'foldexpr' was set,
|
||
--- script-local items can be accessed. See `fold-foldtext` for the
|
||
--- usage.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from a
|
||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
|
||
--- evaluating 'foldtext' `textlock`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.foldtext = "foldtext()"
|
||
vim.o.fdt = vim.o.foldtext
|
||
vim.wo.foldtext = vim.o.foldtext
|
||
vim.wo.fdt = vim.wo.foldtext
|
||
|
||
--- Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the `gq`
|
||
--- operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions'). When this
|
||
--- option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The `v:lnum` variable holds the first line to be formatted.
|
||
--- The `v:count` variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
|
||
--- The `v:char` variable holds the character that is going to be
|
||
--- inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
|
||
--- automatic formatting. This can be empty. Don't insert
|
||
--- it yet!
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
|
||
--- autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. `autoload`
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
|
||
--- text beyond that limit. This happens under the same conditions as
|
||
--- when internal formatting is used. Make sure the cursor is kept in the
|
||
--- same spot relative to the text then! The `mode()` function will
|
||
--- return "i" or "R" in this situation.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
|
||
--- the internal format mechanism.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
|
||
--- the script ID (`local-function`). Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set formatexpr=s:MyFormatExpr()
|
||
--- set formatexpr=<SID>SomeFormatExpr()
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
|
||
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
|
||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`. That stops the option from working,
|
||
--- since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
--- NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.formatexpr = ""
|
||
vim.o.fex = vim.o.formatexpr
|
||
vim.bo.formatexpr = vim.o.formatexpr
|
||
vim.bo.fex = vim.bo.formatexpr
|
||
|
||
--- A pattern that is used to recognize a list header. This is used for
|
||
--- the "n" flag in 'formatoptions'.
|
||
--- The pattern must match exactly the text that will be the indent for
|
||
--- the line below it. You can use `/\ze` to mark the end of the match
|
||
--- while still checking more characters. There must be a character
|
||
--- following the pattern, when it matches the whole line it is handled
|
||
--- like there is no match.
|
||
--- The default recognizes a number, followed by an optional punctuation
|
||
--- character and white space.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.formatlistpat = "^\\s*\\d\\+[\\]:.)}\\t ]\\s*"
|
||
vim.o.flp = vim.o.formatlistpat
|
||
vim.bo.formatlistpat = vim.o.formatlistpat
|
||
vim.bo.flp = vim.bo.formatlistpat
|
||
|
||
--- This is a sequence of letters which describes how automatic
|
||
--- formatting is to be done. See `fo-table`. Commas can be inserted for
|
||
--- readability.
|
||
--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
|
||
--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.formatoptions = "tcqj"
|
||
vim.o.fo = vim.o.formatoptions
|
||
vim.bo.formatoptions = vim.o.formatoptions
|
||
vim.bo.fo = vim.bo.formatoptions
|
||
|
||
--- The name of an external program that will be used to format the lines
|
||
--- selected with the `gq` operator. The program must take the input on
|
||
--- stdin and produce the output on stdout. The Unix program "fmt" is
|
||
--- such a program.
|
||
--- If the 'formatexpr' option is not empty it will be used instead.
|
||
--- Otherwise, if 'formatprg' option is an empty string, the internal
|
||
--- format function will be used `C-indenting`.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`. See `option-backslash`
|
||
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.formatprg = ""
|
||
vim.o.fp = vim.o.formatprg
|
||
vim.bo.formatprg = vim.o.formatprg
|
||
vim.bo.fp = vim.bo.formatprg
|
||
vim.go.formatprg = vim.o.formatprg
|
||
vim.go.fp = vim.go.formatprg
|
||
|
||
--- When on, the OS function fsync() will be called after saving a file
|
||
--- (`:write`, `writefile()`, …), `swap-file`, `undo-persistence` and `shada-file`.
|
||
--- This flushes the file to disk, ensuring that it is safely written.
|
||
--- Slow on some systems: writing buffers, quitting Nvim, and other
|
||
--- operations may sometimes take a few seconds.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Files are ALWAYS flushed ('fsync' is ignored) when:
|
||
--- - `CursorHold` event is triggered
|
||
--- - `:preserve` is called
|
||
--- - system signals low battery life
|
||
--- - Nvim exits abnormally
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.fsync = false
|
||
vim.o.fs = vim.o.fsync
|
||
vim.go.fsync = vim.o.fsync
|
||
vim.go.fs = vim.go.fsync
|
||
|
||
--- When on, the ":substitute" flag 'g' is default on. This means that
|
||
--- all matches in a line are substituted instead of one. When a 'g' flag
|
||
--- is given to a ":substitute" command, this will toggle the substitution
|
||
--- of all or one match. See `complex-change`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- command 'gdefault' on 'gdefault' off ~
|
||
--- :s/// subst. all subst. one
|
||
--- :s///g subst. one subst. all
|
||
--- :s///gg subst. all subst. one
|
||
---
|
||
--- DEPRECATED: Setting this option may break plugins that are not aware
|
||
--- of this option. Also, many users get confused that adding the /g flag
|
||
--- has the opposite effect of that it normally does.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.gdefault = false
|
||
vim.o.gd = vim.o.gdefault
|
||
vim.go.gdefault = vim.o.gdefault
|
||
vim.go.gd = vim.go.gdefault
|
||
|
||
--- Format to recognize for the ":grep" command output.
|
||
--- This is a scanf-like string that uses the same format as the
|
||
--- 'errorformat' option: see `errorformat`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.grepformat = "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f %l%m"
|
||
vim.o.gfm = vim.o.grepformat
|
||
vim.go.grepformat = vim.o.grepformat
|
||
vim.go.gfm = vim.go.grepformat
|
||
|
||
--- Program to use for the `:grep` command. This option may contain '%'
|
||
--- and '#' characters, which are expanded like when used in a command-
|
||
--- line. The placeholder "$*" is allowed to specify where the arguments
|
||
--- will be included. Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`. See
|
||
--- `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- When your "grep" accepts the "-H" argument, use this to make ":grep"
|
||
--- also work well with a single file:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set grepprg=grep\ -nH
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Special value: When 'grepprg' is set to "internal" the `:grep` command
|
||
--- works like `:vimgrep`, `:lgrep` like `:lvimgrep`, `:grepadd` like
|
||
--- `:vimgrepadd` and `:lgrepadd` like `:lvimgrepadd`.
|
||
--- See also the section `:make_makeprg`, since most of the comments there
|
||
--- apply equally to 'grepprg'.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.grepprg = "grep -n $* /dev/null"
|
||
vim.o.gp = vim.o.grepprg
|
||
vim.bo.grepprg = vim.o.grepprg
|
||
vim.bo.gp = vim.bo.grepprg
|
||
vim.go.grepprg = vim.o.grepprg
|
||
vim.go.gp = vim.go.grepprg
|
||
|
||
--- Configures the cursor style for each mode. Works in the GUI and many
|
||
--- terminals. See `tui-cursor-shape`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- To disable cursor-styling, reset the option:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guicursor=
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- To enable mode shapes, "Cursor" highlight, and blinking:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guicursor=n-v-c:block,i-ci-ve:ver25,r-cr:hor20,o:hor50
|
||
--- \,a:blinkwait700-blinkoff400-blinkon250-Cursor/lCursor
|
||
--- \,sm:block-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The option is a comma-separated list of parts. Each part consists of a
|
||
--- mode-list and an argument-list:
|
||
--- mode-list:argument-list,mode-list:argument-list,..
|
||
--- The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes:
|
||
--- n Normal mode
|
||
--- v Visual mode
|
||
--- ve Visual mode with 'selection' "exclusive" (same as 'v',
|
||
--- if not specified)
|
||
--- o Operator-pending mode
|
||
--- i Insert mode
|
||
--- r Replace mode
|
||
--- c Command-line Normal (append) mode
|
||
--- ci Command-line Insert mode
|
||
--- cr Command-line Replace mode
|
||
--- sm showmatch in Insert mode
|
||
--- a all modes
|
||
--- The argument-list is a dash separated list of these arguments:
|
||
--- hor{N} horizontal bar, {N} percent of the character height
|
||
--- ver{N} vertical bar, {N} percent of the character width
|
||
--- block block cursor, fills the whole character
|
||
--- - Only one of the above three should be present.
|
||
--- - Default is "block" for each mode.
|
||
--- blinkwait{N} *cursor-blinking*
|
||
--- blinkon{N}
|
||
--- blinkoff{N}
|
||
--- blink times for cursor: blinkwait is the delay before
|
||
--- the cursor starts blinking, blinkon is the time that
|
||
--- the cursor is shown and blinkoff is the time that the
|
||
--- cursor is not shown. Times are in msec. When one of
|
||
--- the numbers is zero, there is no blinking. E.g.:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guicursor=n:blinkon0
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- - Default is "blinkon0" for each mode.
|
||
--- {group-name}
|
||
--- Highlight group that decides the color and font of the
|
||
--- cursor.
|
||
--- In the `TUI`:
|
||
--- - `inverse`/reverse and no group-name are interpreted
|
||
--- as "host-terminal default cursor colors" which
|
||
--- typically means "inverted bg and fg colors".
|
||
--- - `ctermfg` and `guifg` are ignored.
|
||
--- {group-name}/{group-name}
|
||
--- Two highlight group names, the first is used when
|
||
--- no language mappings are used, the other when they
|
||
--- are. `language-mapping`
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples of parts:
|
||
--- n-c-v:block-nCursor In Normal, Command-line and Visual mode, use a
|
||
--- block cursor with colors from the "nCursor"
|
||
--- highlight group
|
||
--- n-v-c-sm:block,i-ci-ve:ver25-Cursor,r-cr-o:hor20
|
||
--- In Normal et al. modes, use a block cursor
|
||
--- with the default colors defined by the host
|
||
--- terminal. In Insert-like modes, use
|
||
--- a vertical bar cursor with colors from
|
||
--- "Cursor" highlight group. In Replace-like
|
||
--- modes, use an underline cursor with
|
||
--- default colors.
|
||
--- i-ci:ver30-iCursor-blinkwait300-blinkon200-blinkoff150
|
||
--- In Insert and Command-line Insert mode, use a
|
||
--- 30% vertical bar cursor with colors from the
|
||
--- "iCursor" highlight group. Blink a bit
|
||
--- faster.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The 'a' mode is different. It will set the given argument-list for
|
||
--- all modes. It does not reset anything to defaults. This can be used
|
||
--- to do a common setting for all modes. For example, to switch off
|
||
--- blinking: "a:blinkon0"
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples of cursor highlighting:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :highlight Cursor gui=reverse guifg=NONE guibg=NONE
|
||
--- :highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.guicursor = "n-v-c-sm:block,i-ci-ve:ver25,r-cr-o:hor20"
|
||
vim.o.gcr = vim.o.guicursor
|
||
vim.go.guicursor = vim.o.guicursor
|
||
vim.go.gcr = vim.go.guicursor
|
||
|
||
--- This is a list of fonts which will be used for the GUI version of Vim.
|
||
--- In its simplest form the value is just one font name. When
|
||
--- the font cannot be found you will get an error message. To try other
|
||
--- font names a list can be specified, font names separated with commas.
|
||
--- The first valid font is used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Spaces after a comma are ignored. To include a comma in a font name
|
||
--- precede it with a backslash. Setting an option requires an extra
|
||
--- backslash before a space and a backslash. See also
|
||
--- `option-backslash`. For example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guifont=Screen15,\ 7x13,font\\,with\\,commas
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- will make Vim try to use the font "Screen15" first, and if it fails it
|
||
--- will try to use "7x13" and then "font,with,commas" instead.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If none of the fonts can be loaded, Vim will keep the current setting.
|
||
--- If an empty font list is given, Vim will try using other resource
|
||
--- settings (for X, it will use the Vim.font resource), and finally it
|
||
--- will try some builtin default which should always be there ("7x13" in
|
||
--- the case of X). The font names given should be "normal" fonts. Vim
|
||
--- will try to find the related bold and italic fonts.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For Win32 and Mac OS:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guifont=*
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The font name depends on the GUI used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For Mac OSX you can use something like this:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guifont=Monaco:h10
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- *E236*
|
||
--- Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same
|
||
--- width).
|
||
---
|
||
--- To preview a font on X11, you might be able to use the "xfontsel"
|
||
--- program. The "xlsfonts" program gives a list of all available fonts.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For the Win32 GUI *E244* *E245*
|
||
--- - takes these options in the font name:
|
||
--- hXX - height is XX (points, can be floating-point)
|
||
--- wXX - width is XX (points, can be floating-point)
|
||
--- b - bold
|
||
--- i - italic
|
||
--- u - underline
|
||
--- s - strikeout
|
||
--- cXX - character set XX. Valid charsets are: ANSI, ARABIC,
|
||
--- BALTIC, CHINESEBIG5, DEFAULT, EASTEUROPE, GB2312, GREEK,
|
||
--- HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
|
||
--- SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
|
||
--- Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
|
||
---
|
||
--- Use a ':' to separate the options.
|
||
--- - A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
|
||
--- backslashes to escape the spaces.
|
||
--- - Examples:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set guifont=courier_new:h12:w5:b:cRUSSIAN
|
||
--- :set guifont=Andale_Mono:h7.5:w4.5
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.guifont = ""
|
||
vim.o.gfn = vim.o.guifont
|
||
vim.go.guifont = vim.o.guifont
|
||
vim.go.gfn = vim.go.guifont
|
||
|
||
--- Comma-separated list of fonts to be used for double-width characters.
|
||
--- The first font that can be loaded is used.
|
||
--- Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
|
||
--- specified with 'guifont' and the same height.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When 'guifont' has a valid font and 'guifontwide' is empty Vim will
|
||
--- attempt to set 'guifontwide' to a matching double-width font.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.guifontwide = ""
|
||
vim.o.gfw = vim.o.guifontwide
|
||
vim.go.guifontwide = vim.o.guifontwide
|
||
vim.go.gfw = vim.go.guifontwide
|
||
|
||
--- This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim. It is a
|
||
--- sequence of letters which describes what components and options of the
|
||
--- GUI should be used.
|
||
--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
|
||
--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Valid letters are as follows:
|
||
--- *guioptions_a* *'go-a'*
|
||
--- 'a' Autoselect: If present, then whenever VISUAL mode is started,
|
||
--- or the Visual area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of
|
||
--- the windowing system's global selection. This means that the
|
||
--- Visually highlighted text is available for pasting into other
|
||
--- applications as well as into Vim itself. When the Visual mode
|
||
--- ends, possibly due to an operation on the text, or when an
|
||
--- application wants to paste the selection, the highlighted text
|
||
--- is automatically yanked into the "* selection register.
|
||
--- Thus the selection is still available for pasting into other
|
||
--- applications after the VISUAL mode has ended.
|
||
--- If not present, then Vim won't become the owner of the
|
||
--- windowing system's global selection unless explicitly told to
|
||
--- by a yank or delete operation for the "* register.
|
||
--- The same applies to the modeless selection.
|
||
--- *'go-P'*
|
||
--- 'P' Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
|
||
--- register.
|
||
--- *'go-A'*
|
||
--- 'A' Autoselect for the modeless selection. Like 'a', but only
|
||
--- applies to the modeless selection.
|
||
---
|
||
--- 'guioptions' autoselect Visual autoselect modeless ~
|
||
--- "" - -
|
||
--- "a" yes yes
|
||
--- "A" - yes
|
||
--- "aA" yes yes
|
||
---
|
||
--- *'go-c'*
|
||
--- 'c' Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
|
||
--- choices.
|
||
--- *'go-d'*
|
||
--- 'd' Use dark theme variant if available.
|
||
--- *'go-e'*
|
||
--- 'e' Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
|
||
--- 'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
|
||
--- When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
|
||
--- The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
|
||
--- Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
|
||
--- *'go-i'*
|
||
--- 'i' Use a Vim icon.
|
||
--- *'go-m'*
|
||
--- 'm' Menu bar is present.
|
||
--- *'go-M'*
|
||
--- 'M' The system menu "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim" is not sourced. Note
|
||
--- that this flag must be added in the vimrc file, before
|
||
--- switching on syntax or filetype recognition (when the `gvimrc`
|
||
--- file is sourced the system menu has already been loaded; the
|
||
--- `:syntax on` and `:filetype on` commands load the menu too).
|
||
--- *'go-g'*
|
||
--- 'g' Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey. If
|
||
--- 'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
|
||
--- *'go-T'*
|
||
--- 'T' Include Toolbar. Currently only in Win32 GUI.
|
||
--- *'go-r'*
|
||
--- 'r' Right-hand scrollbar is always present.
|
||
--- *'go-R'*
|
||
--- 'R' Right-hand scrollbar is present when there is a vertically
|
||
--- split window.
|
||
--- *'go-l'*
|
||
--- 'l' Left-hand scrollbar is always present.
|
||
--- *'go-L'*
|
||
--- 'L' Left-hand scrollbar is present when there is a vertically
|
||
--- split window.
|
||
--- *'go-b'*
|
||
--- 'b' Bottom (horizontal) scrollbar is present. Its size depends on
|
||
--- the longest visible line, or on the cursor line if the 'h'
|
||
--- flag is included. `gui-horiz-scroll`
|
||
--- *'go-h'*
|
||
--- 'h' Limit horizontal scrollbar size to the length of the cursor
|
||
--- line. Reduces computations. `gui-horiz-scroll`
|
||
---
|
||
--- And yes, you may even have scrollbars on the left AND the right if
|
||
--- you really want to :-). See `gui-scrollbars` for more information.
|
||
---
|
||
--- *'go-v'*
|
||
--- 'v' Use a vertical button layout for dialogs. When not included,
|
||
--- a horizontal layout is preferred, but when it doesn't fit a
|
||
--- vertical layout is used anyway. Not supported in GTK 3.
|
||
--- *'go-p'*
|
||
--- 'p' Use Pointer callbacks for X11 GUI. This is required for some
|
||
--- window managers. If the cursor is not blinking or hollow at
|
||
--- the right moment, try adding this flag. This must be done
|
||
--- before starting the GUI. Set it in your `gvimrc`. Adding or
|
||
--- removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
|
||
--- *'go-k'*
|
||
--- 'k' Keep the GUI window size when adding/removing a scrollbar, or
|
||
--- toolbar, tabline, etc. Instead, the behavior is similar to
|
||
--- when the window is maximized and will adjust 'lines' and
|
||
--- 'columns' to fit to the window. Without the 'k' flag Vim will
|
||
--- try to keep 'lines' and 'columns' the same when adding and
|
||
--- removing GUI components.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.guioptions = ""
|
||
vim.o.go = vim.o.guioptions
|
||
vim.go.guioptions = vim.o.guioptions
|
||
vim.go.go = vim.go.guioptions
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
|
||
--- pages line. When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
|
||
--- default label. See `setting-guitablabel` for more info.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||
--- 'guitabtooltip' is used for the tooltip, see below.
|
||
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
|
||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Only used when the GUI tab pages line is displayed. 'e' must be
|
||
--- present in 'guioptions'. For the non-GUI tab pages line 'tabline' is
|
||
--- used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.guitablabel = ""
|
||
vim.o.gtl = vim.o.guitablabel
|
||
vim.go.guitablabel = vim.o.guitablabel
|
||
vim.go.gtl = vim.go.guitablabel
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
|
||
--- pages line. When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
|
||
--- This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
|
||
--- You can include a line break. Simplest method is to use `:let`:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :let &guitabtooltip = "line one\nline two"
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.guitabtooltip = ""
|
||
vim.o.gtt = vim.o.guitabtooltip
|
||
vim.go.guitabtooltip = vim.o.guitabtooltip
|
||
vim.go.gtt = vim.go.guitabtooltip
|
||
|
||
--- Name of the main help file. All distributed help files should be
|
||
--- placed together in one directory. Additionally, all "doc" directories
|
||
--- in 'runtimepath' will be used.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`. For example:
|
||
--- "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt". If $VIMRUNTIME is not set, $VIM is also
|
||
--- tried. Also see `$VIMRUNTIME` and `option-backslash` about including
|
||
--- spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.helpfile = "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt"
|
||
vim.o.hf = vim.o.helpfile
|
||
vim.go.helpfile = vim.o.helpfile
|
||
vim.go.hf = vim.go.helpfile
|
||
|
||
--- Minimal initial height of the help window when it is opened with the
|
||
--- ":help" command. The initial height of the help window is half of the
|
||
--- current window, or (when the 'ea' option is on) the same as other
|
||
--- windows. When the height is less than 'helpheight', the height is
|
||
--- set to 'helpheight'. Set to zero to disable.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.helpheight = 20
|
||
vim.o.hh = vim.o.helpheight
|
||
vim.go.helpheight = vim.o.helpheight
|
||
vim.go.hh = vim.go.helpheight
|
||
|
||
--- Comma-separated list of languages. Vim will use the first language
|
||
--- for which the desired help can be found. The English help will always
|
||
--- be used as a last resort. You can add "en" to prefer English over
|
||
--- another language, but that will only find tags that exist in that
|
||
--- language and not in the English help.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set helplang=de,it
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will first search German, then Italian and finally English help
|
||
--- files.
|
||
--- When using `CTRL-]` and ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will
|
||
--- try to find the tag in the current language before using this option.
|
||
--- See `help-translated`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.helplang = ""
|
||
vim.o.hlg = vim.o.helplang
|
||
vim.go.helplang = vim.o.helplang
|
||
vim.go.hlg = vim.go.helplang
|
||
|
||
--- When off a buffer is unloaded (including loss of undo information)
|
||
--- when it is `abandon`ed. When on a buffer becomes hidden when it is
|
||
--- `abandon`ed. A buffer displayed in another window does not become
|
||
--- hidden, of course.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Commands that move through the buffer list sometimes hide a buffer
|
||
--- although the 'hidden' option is off when these three are true:
|
||
--- - the buffer is modified
|
||
--- - 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible
|
||
--- - the '!' flag was used
|
||
--- Also see `windows`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- To hide a specific buffer use the 'bufhidden' option.
|
||
--- 'hidden' is set for one command with ":hide {command}" `:hide`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.hidden = true
|
||
vim.o.hid = vim.o.hidden
|
||
vim.go.hidden = vim.o.hidden
|
||
vim.go.hid = vim.go.hidden
|
||
|
||
--- A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
|
||
--- is remembered. This option decides how many entries may be stored in
|
||
--- each of these histories (see `cmdline-editing`).
|
||
--- The maximum value is 10000.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.history = 10000
|
||
vim.o.hi = vim.o.history
|
||
vim.go.history = vim.o.history
|
||
vim.go.hi = vim.go.history
|
||
|
||
--- When there is a previous search pattern, highlight all its matches.
|
||
--- The `hl-Search` highlight group determines the highlighting for all
|
||
--- matches not under the cursor while the `hl-CurSearch` highlight group
|
||
--- (if defined) determines the highlighting for the match under the
|
||
--- cursor. If `hl-CurSearch` is not defined, then `hl-Search` is used for
|
||
--- both. Note that only the matching text is highlighted, any offsets
|
||
--- are not applied.
|
||
--- See also: 'incsearch' and `:match`.
|
||
--- When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
|
||
--- off with `:nohlsearch`. This does not change the option value, as
|
||
--- soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
|
||
--- 'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
|
||
--- When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
|
||
--- highlight all of the matched text. However, this depends on where the
|
||
--- search starts. This will be the first line in the window or the first
|
||
--- line below a closed fold. A match in a previous line which is not
|
||
--- drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
|
||
--- You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
|
||
--- with the 'h' flag in 'shada' `shada-h`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.hlsearch = true
|
||
vim.o.hls = vim.o.hlsearch
|
||
vim.go.hlsearch = vim.o.hlsearch
|
||
vim.go.hls = vim.go.hlsearch
|
||
|
||
--- When on, the icon text of the window will be set to the value of
|
||
--- 'iconstring' (if it is not empty), or to the name of the file
|
||
--- currently being edited. Only the last part of the name is used.
|
||
--- Overridden by the 'iconstring' option.
|
||
--- Only works if the terminal supports setting window icons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.icon = false
|
||
vim.go.icon = vim.o.icon
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is not empty, it will be used for the icon text of
|
||
--- the window. This happens only when the 'icon' option is on.
|
||
--- Only works if the terminal supports setting window icon text
|
||
--- When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
|
||
--- expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'. See
|
||
--- 'titlestring' for example settings.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.iconstring = ""
|
||
vim.go.iconstring = vim.o.iconstring
|
||
|
||
--- Ignore case in search patterns, completion, and when searching the tags file.
|
||
--- See also 'smartcase' and 'tagcase'.
|
||
--- Can be overruled by using "\c" or "\C" in the pattern, see
|
||
--- `/ignorecase`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.ignorecase = false
|
||
vim.o.ic = vim.o.ignorecase
|
||
vim.go.ignorecase = vim.o.ignorecase
|
||
vim.go.ic = vim.go.ignorecase
|
||
|
||
--- When set the Input Method is always on when starting to edit a command
|
||
--- line, unless entering a search pattern (see 'imsearch' for that).
|
||
--- Setting this option is useful when your input method allows entering
|
||
--- English characters directly, e.g., when it's used to type accented
|
||
--- characters with dead keys.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.imcmdline = false
|
||
vim.o.imc = vim.o.imcmdline
|
||
vim.go.imcmdline = vim.o.imcmdline
|
||
vim.go.imc = vim.go.imcmdline
|
||
|
||
--- When set the Input Method is never used. This is useful to disable
|
||
--- the IM when it doesn't work properly.
|
||
--- Currently this option is on by default for SGI/IRIX machines. This
|
||
--- may change in later releases.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.imdisable = false
|
||
vim.o.imd = vim.o.imdisable
|
||
vim.go.imdisable = vim.o.imdisable
|
||
vim.go.imd = vim.go.imdisable
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used in
|
||
--- Insert mode. Valid values:
|
||
--- 0 :lmap is off and IM is off
|
||
--- 1 :lmap is ON and IM is off
|
||
--- 2 :lmap is off and IM is ON
|
||
--- To always reset the option to zero when leaving Insert mode with <Esc>
|
||
--- this can be used:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :inoremap <ESC> <ESC>:set iminsert=0<CR>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This makes :lmap and IM turn off automatically when leaving Insert
|
||
--- mode.
|
||
--- Note that this option changes when using CTRL-^ in Insert mode
|
||
--- `i_CTRL-^`.
|
||
--- The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
|
||
--- It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.iminsert = 0
|
||
vim.o.imi = vim.o.iminsert
|
||
vim.bo.iminsert = vim.o.iminsert
|
||
vim.bo.imi = vim.bo.iminsert
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used when
|
||
--- entering a search pattern. Valid values:
|
||
--- -1 the value of 'iminsert' is used, makes it look like
|
||
--- 'iminsert' is also used when typing a search pattern
|
||
--- 0 :lmap is off and IM is off
|
||
--- 1 :lmap is ON and IM is off
|
||
--- 2 :lmap is off and IM is ON
|
||
--- Note that this option changes when using CTRL-^ in Command-line mode
|
||
--- `c_CTRL-^`.
|
||
--- The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
|
||
--- option to a valid keymap name.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.imsearch = -1
|
||
vim.o.ims = vim.o.imsearch
|
||
vim.bo.imsearch = vim.o.imsearch
|
||
vim.bo.ims = vim.bo.imsearch
|
||
|
||
--- When nonempty, shows the effects of `:substitute`, `:smagic|,
|
||
--- |:snomagic` and user commands with the `:command-preview` flag as you
|
||
--- type.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Possible values:
|
||
--- nosplit Shows the effects of a command incrementally in the
|
||
--- buffer.
|
||
--- split Like "nosplit", but also shows partial off-screen
|
||
--- results in a preview window.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the preview for built-in commands is too slow (exceeds
|
||
--- 'redrawtime') then 'inccommand' is automatically disabled until
|
||
--- `Command-line-mode` is done.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.inccommand = "nosplit"
|
||
vim.o.icm = vim.o.inccommand
|
||
vim.go.inccommand = vim.o.inccommand
|
||
vim.go.icm = vim.go.inccommand
|
||
|
||
--- Pattern to be used to find an include command. It is a search
|
||
--- pattern, just like for the "/" command (See `pattern`). This option
|
||
--- is used for the commands "[i", "]I", "[d", etc.
|
||
--- Normally the 'isfname' option is used to recognize the file name that
|
||
--- comes after the matched pattern. But if "\zs" appears in the pattern
|
||
--- then the text matched from "\zs" to the end, or until "\ze" if it
|
||
--- appears, is used as the file name. Use this to include characters
|
||
--- that are not in 'isfname', such as a space. You can then use
|
||
--- 'includeexpr' to process the matched text.
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.include = ""
|
||
vim.o.inc = vim.o.include
|
||
vim.bo.include = vim.o.include
|
||
vim.bo.inc = vim.bo.include
|
||
vim.go.include = vim.o.include
|
||
vim.go.inc = vim.go.include
|
||
|
||
--- Expression to be used to transform the string found with the 'include'
|
||
--- option to a file name. Mostly useful to change "." to "/" for Java:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The "v:fname" variable will be set to the file name that was detected.
|
||
--- Note the double backslash: the `:set` command first halves them, then
|
||
--- one remains in the value, where "\." matches a dot literally. For
|
||
--- simple character replacements `tr()` avoids the need for escaping:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- Also used for the `gf` command if an unmodified file name can't be
|
||
--- found. Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
|
||
--- Also used for `<cfile>`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
|
||
--- the script ID (`local-function`). Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- setlocal includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr(v:fname)
|
||
--- setlocal includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr(v:fname)
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
|
||
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
|
||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
|
||
--- evaluating 'includeexpr' `textlock`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.includeexpr = ""
|
||
vim.o.inex = vim.o.includeexpr
|
||
vim.bo.includeexpr = vim.o.includeexpr
|
||
vim.bo.inex = vim.bo.includeexpr
|
||
|
||
--- While typing a search command, show where the pattern, as it was typed
|
||
--- so far, matches. The matched string is highlighted. If the pattern
|
||
--- is invalid or not found, nothing is shown. The screen will be updated
|
||
--- often, this is only useful on fast terminals.
|
||
--- Note that the match will be shown, but the cursor will return to its
|
||
--- original position when no match is found and when pressing <Esc>. You
|
||
--- still need to finish the search command with <Enter> to move the
|
||
--- cursor to the match.
|
||
--- You can use the CTRL-G and CTRL-T keys to move to the next and
|
||
--- previous match. `c_CTRL-G` `c_CTRL-T`
|
||
--- Vim only searches for about half a second. With a complicated
|
||
--- pattern and/or a lot of text the match may not be found. This is to
|
||
--- avoid that Vim hangs while you are typing the pattern.
|
||
--- The `hl-IncSearch` highlight group determines the highlighting.
|
||
--- When 'hlsearch' is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while
|
||
--- typing a search command. See also: 'hlsearch'.
|
||
--- If you don't want to turn 'hlsearch' on, but want to highlight all
|
||
--- matches while searching, you can turn on and off 'hlsearch' with
|
||
--- autocmd. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- augroup vimrc-incsearch-highlight
|
||
--- autocmd!
|
||
--- autocmd CmdlineEnter /,\? :set hlsearch
|
||
--- autocmd CmdlineLeave /,\? :set nohlsearch
|
||
--- augroup END
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
|
||
--- to the command line. If 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' are set and the
|
||
--- command line has no uppercase characters, the added character is
|
||
--- converted to lowercase.
|
||
--- CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
|
||
--- match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.incsearch = true
|
||
vim.o.is = vim.o.incsearch
|
||
vim.go.incsearch = vim.o.incsearch
|
||
vim.go.is = vim.go.incsearch
|
||
|
||
--- Expression which is evaluated to obtain the proper indent for a line.
|
||
--- It is used when a new line is created, for the `=` operator and
|
||
--- in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
|
||
--- When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
|
||
--- 'smartindent' indenting. When 'lisp' is set, this option is
|
||
--- is only used when 'lispoptions' contains "expr:1".
|
||
--- The expression is evaluated with `v:lnum` set to the line number for
|
||
--- which the indent is to be computed. The cursor is also in this line
|
||
--- when the expression is evaluated (but it may be moved around).
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
|
||
--- the script ID (`local-function`). Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set indentexpr=s:MyIndentExpr()
|
||
--- set indentexpr=<SID>SomeIndentExpr()
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
|
||
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression must return the number of spaces worth of indent. It
|
||
--- can return "-1" to keep the current indent (this means 'autoindent' is
|
||
--- used for the indent).
|
||
--- Functions useful for computing the indent are `indent()`, `cindent()`
|
||
--- and `lispindent()`.
|
||
--- The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects! It must
|
||
--- not change the text, jump to another window, etc. Afterwards the
|
||
--- cursor position is always restored, thus the cursor may be moved.
|
||
--- Normally this option would be set to call a function:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set indentexpr=GetMyIndent()
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Error messages will be suppressed, unless the 'debug' option contains
|
||
--- "msg".
|
||
--- See `indent-expression`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
|
||
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
|
||
--- evaluating 'indentexpr' `textlock`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.indentexpr = ""
|
||
vim.o.inde = vim.o.indentexpr
|
||
vim.bo.indentexpr = vim.o.indentexpr
|
||
vim.bo.inde = vim.bo.indentexpr
|
||
|
||
--- A list of keys that, when typed in Insert mode, cause reindenting of
|
||
--- the current line. Only happens if 'indentexpr' isn't empty.
|
||
--- The format is identical to 'cinkeys', see `indentkeys-format`.
|
||
--- See `C-indenting` and `indent-expression`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.indentkeys = "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e"
|
||
vim.o.indk = vim.o.indentkeys
|
||
vim.bo.indentkeys = vim.o.indentkeys
|
||
vim.bo.indk = vim.bo.indentkeys
|
||
|
||
--- When doing keyword completion in insert mode `ins-completion`, and
|
||
--- 'ignorecase' is also on, the case of the match is adjusted depending
|
||
--- on the typed text. If the typed text contains a lowercase letter
|
||
--- where the match has an upper case letter, the completed part is made
|
||
--- lowercase. If the typed text has no lowercase letters and the match
|
||
--- has a lowercase letter where the typed text has an uppercase letter,
|
||
--- and there is a letter before it, the completed part is made uppercase.
|
||
--- With 'noinfercase' the match is used as-is.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.infercase = false
|
||
vim.o.inf = vim.o.infercase
|
||
vim.bo.infercase = vim.o.infercase
|
||
vim.bo.inf = vim.bo.infercase
|
||
|
||
--- The characters specified by this option are included in file names and
|
||
--- path names. Filenames are used for commands like "gf", "[i" and in
|
||
--- the tags file. It is also used for "\f" in a `pattern`.
|
||
--- Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
|
||
--- characters up to 255 are specified with this option.
|
||
--- For UTF-8 the characters 0xa0 to 0xff are included as well.
|
||
--- Think twice before adding white space to this option. Although a
|
||
--- space may appear inside a file name, the effect will be that Vim
|
||
--- doesn't know where a file name starts or ends when doing completion.
|
||
--- It most likely works better without a space in 'isfname'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that on systems using a backslash as path separator, Vim tries to
|
||
--- do its best to make it work as you would expect. That is a bit
|
||
--- tricky, since Vi originally used the backslash to escape special
|
||
--- characters. Vim will not remove a backslash in front of a normal file
|
||
--- name character on these systems, but it will on Unix and alikes. The
|
||
--- '&' and '^' are not included by default, because these are special for
|
||
--- cmd.exe.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The format of this option is a list of parts, separated with commas.
|
||
--- Each part can be a single character number or a range. A range is two
|
||
--- character numbers with '-' in between. A character number can be a
|
||
--- decimal number between 0 and 255 or the ASCII character itself (does
|
||
--- not work for digits). Example:
|
||
--- "_,-,128-140,#-43" (include '_' and '-' and the range
|
||
--- 128 to 140 and '#' to 43)
|
||
--- If a part starts with '^', the following character number or range
|
||
--- will be excluded from the option. The option is interpreted from left
|
||
--- to right. Put the excluded character after the range where it is
|
||
--- included. To include '^' itself use it as the last character of the
|
||
--- option or the end of a range. Example:
|
||
--- "^a-z,#,^" (exclude 'a' to 'z', include '#' and '^')
|
||
--- If the character is '@', all characters where isalpha() returns TRUE
|
||
--- are included. Normally these are the characters a to z and A to Z,
|
||
--- plus accented characters. To include '@' itself use "@-@". Examples:
|
||
--- "@,^a-z" All alphabetic characters, excluding lower
|
||
--- case ASCII letters.
|
||
--- "a-z,A-Z,@-@" All letters plus the '@' character.
|
||
--- A comma can be included by using it where a character number is
|
||
--- expected. Example:
|
||
--- "48-57,,,_" Digits, comma and underscore.
|
||
--- A comma can be excluded by prepending a '^'. Example:
|
||
--- " -~,^,,9" All characters from space to '~', excluding
|
||
--- comma, plus <Tab>.
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.isfname = "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,~,="
|
||
vim.o.isf = vim.o.isfname
|
||
vim.go.isfname = vim.o.isfname
|
||
vim.go.isf = vim.go.isfname
|
||
|
||
--- The characters given by this option are included in identifiers.
|
||
--- Identifiers are used in recognizing environment variables and after a
|
||
--- match of the 'define' option. It is also used for "\i" in a
|
||
--- `pattern`. See 'isfname' for a description of the format of this
|
||
--- option. For '@' only characters up to 255 are used.
|
||
--- Careful: If you change this option, it might break expanding
|
||
--- environment variables. E.g., when '/' is included and Vim tries to
|
||
--- expand "$HOME/.local/state/nvim/shada/main.shada". Maybe you should
|
||
--- change 'iskeyword' instead.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.isident = "@,48-57,_,192-255"
|
||
vim.o.isi = vim.o.isident
|
||
vim.go.isident = vim.o.isident
|
||
vim.go.isi = vim.go.isident
|
||
|
||
--- Keywords are used in searching and recognizing with many commands:
|
||
--- "w", "*", "[i", etc. It is also used for "\k" in a `pattern`. See
|
||
--- 'isfname' for a description of the format of this option. For '@'
|
||
--- characters above 255 check the "word" character class (any character
|
||
--- that is not white space or punctuation).
|
||
--- For C programs you could use "a-z,A-Z,48-57,_,.,-,>".
|
||
--- For a help file it is set to all non-blank printable characters except
|
||
--- "*", '"' and '|' (so that CTRL-] on a command finds the help for that
|
||
--- command).
|
||
--- When the 'lisp' option is on the '-' character is always included.
|
||
--- This option also influences syntax highlighting, unless the syntax
|
||
--- uses `:syn-iskeyword`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.iskeyword = "@,48-57,_,192-255"
|
||
vim.o.isk = vim.o.iskeyword
|
||
vim.bo.iskeyword = vim.o.iskeyword
|
||
vim.bo.isk = vim.bo.iskeyword
|
||
|
||
--- The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
|
||
--- screen. It is also used for "\p" in a `pattern`. The characters from
|
||
--- space (ASCII 32) to '~' (ASCII 126) are always displayed directly,
|
||
--- even when they are not included in 'isprint' or excluded. See
|
||
--- 'isfname' for a description of the format of this option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Non-printable characters are displayed with two characters:
|
||
--- 0 - 31 "^@" - "^_"
|
||
--- 32 - 126 always single characters
|
||
--- 127 "^?"
|
||
--- 128 - 159 "~@" - "~_"
|
||
--- 160 - 254 "| " - "|~"
|
||
--- 255 "~?"
|
||
--- Illegal bytes from 128 to 255 (invalid UTF-8) are
|
||
--- displayed as <xx>, with the hexadecimal value of the byte.
|
||
--- When 'display' contains "uhex" all unprintable characters are
|
||
--- displayed as <xx>.
|
||
--- The SpecialKey highlighting will be used for unprintable characters.
|
||
--- `hl-SpecialKey`
|
||
---
|
||
--- Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
|
||
--- characters up to 255 are specified with this option. When a character
|
||
--- is printable but it is not available in the current font, a
|
||
--- replacement character will be shown.
|
||
--- Unprintable and zero-width Unicode characters are displayed as <xxxx>.
|
||
--- There is no option to specify these characters.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.isprint = "@,161-255"
|
||
vim.o.isp = vim.o.isprint
|
||
vim.go.isprint = vim.o.isprint
|
||
vim.go.isp = vim.go.isprint
|
||
|
||
--- Insert two spaces after a '.', '?' and '!' with a join command.
|
||
--- Otherwise only one space is inserted.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.joinspaces = false
|
||
vim.o.js = vim.o.joinspaces
|
||
vim.go.joinspaces = vim.o.joinspaces
|
||
vim.go.js = vim.go.joinspaces
|
||
|
||
--- List of words that change the behavior of the `jumplist`.
|
||
--- stack Make the jumplist behave like the tagstack.
|
||
--- Relative location of entries in the jumplist is
|
||
--- preserved at the cost of discarding subsequent entries
|
||
--- when navigating backwards in the jumplist and then
|
||
--- jumping to a location. `jumplist-stack`
|
||
---
|
||
--- view When moving through the jumplist, `changelist|,
|
||
--- |alternate-file` or using `mark-motions` try to
|
||
--- restore the `mark-view` in which the action occurred.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.jumpoptions = ""
|
||
vim.o.jop = vim.o.jumpoptions
|
||
vim.go.jumpoptions = vim.o.jumpoptions
|
||
vim.go.jop = vim.go.jumpoptions
|
||
|
||
--- Name of a keyboard mapping. See `mbyte-keymap`.
|
||
--- Setting this option to a valid keymap name has the side effect of
|
||
--- setting 'iminsert' to one, so that the keymap becomes effective.
|
||
--- 'imsearch' is also set to one, unless it was -1
|
||
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.keymap = ""
|
||
vim.o.kmp = vim.o.keymap
|
||
vim.bo.keymap = vim.o.keymap
|
||
vim.bo.kmp = vim.bo.keymap
|
||
|
||
--- List of comma-separated words, which enable special things that keys
|
||
--- can do. These values can be used:
|
||
--- startsel Using a shifted special key starts selection (either
|
||
--- Select mode or Visual mode, depending on "key" being
|
||
--- present in 'selectmode').
|
||
--- stopsel Using a not-shifted special key stops selection.
|
||
--- Special keys in this context are the cursor keys, <End>, <Home>,
|
||
--- <PageUp> and <PageDown>.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.keymodel = ""
|
||
vim.o.km = vim.o.keymodel
|
||
vim.go.keymodel = vim.o.keymodel
|
||
vim.go.km = vim.go.keymodel
|
||
|
||
--- Program to use for the `K` command. Environment variables are
|
||
--- expanded `:set_env`. ":help" may be used to access the Vim internal
|
||
--- help. (Note that previously setting the global option to the empty
|
||
--- value did this, which is now deprecated.)
|
||
--- When the first character is ":", the command is invoked as a Vim
|
||
--- Ex command prefixed with [count].
|
||
--- When "man" or "man -s" is used, Vim will automatically translate
|
||
--- a [count] for the "K" command to a section number.
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set keywordprg=man\ -s
|
||
--- :set keywordprg=:Man
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.keywordprg = ":Man"
|
||
vim.o.kp = vim.o.keywordprg
|
||
vim.bo.keywordprg = vim.o.keywordprg
|
||
vim.bo.kp = vim.bo.keywordprg
|
||
vim.go.keywordprg = vim.o.keywordprg
|
||
vim.go.kp = vim.go.keywordprg
|
||
|
||
--- This option allows switching your keyboard into a special language
|
||
--- mode. When you are typing text in Insert mode the characters are
|
||
--- inserted directly. When in Normal mode the 'langmap' option takes
|
||
--- care of translating these special characters to the original meaning
|
||
--- of the key. This means you don't have to change the keyboard mode to
|
||
--- be able to execute Normal mode commands.
|
||
--- This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
|
||
--- mapped in Insert mode.
|
||
--- Also consider setting 'langremap' to off, to prevent 'langmap' from
|
||
--- applying to characters resulting from a mapping.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example (for Greek, in UTF-8): *greek*
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Example (exchanges meaning of z and y for commands):
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- The 'langmap' option is a list of parts, separated with commas. Each
|
||
--- part can be in one of two forms:
|
||
--- 1. A list of pairs. Each pair is a "from" character immediately
|
||
--- followed by the "to" character. Examples: "aA", "aAbBcC".
|
||
--- 2. A list of "from" characters, a semi-colon and a list of "to"
|
||
--- characters. Example: "abc;ABC"
|
||
--- Example: "aA,fgh;FGH,cCdDeE"
|
||
--- Special characters need to be preceded with a backslash. These are
|
||
--- ";", ',', '"', '|' and backslash itself.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This will allow you to activate vim actions without having to switch
|
||
--- back and forth between the languages. Your language characters will
|
||
--- be understood as normal vim English characters (according to the
|
||
--- langmap mappings) in the following cases:
|
||
--- o Normal/Visual mode (commands, buffer/register names, user mappings)
|
||
--- o Insert/Replace Mode: Register names after CTRL-R
|
||
--- o Insert/Replace Mode: Mappings
|
||
--- Characters entered in Command-line mode will NOT be affected by
|
||
--- this option. Note that this option can be changed at any time
|
||
--- allowing to switch between mappings for different languages/encodings.
|
||
--- Use a mapping to avoid having to type it each time!
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.langmap = ""
|
||
vim.o.lmap = vim.o.langmap
|
||
vim.go.langmap = vim.o.langmap
|
||
vim.go.lmap = vim.go.langmap
|
||
|
||
--- Language to use for menu translation. Tells which file is loaded
|
||
--- from the "lang" directory in 'runtimepath':
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- "lang/menu_" .. &langmenu .. ".vim"
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- (without the spaces). For example, to always use the Dutch menus, no
|
||
--- matter what $LANG is set to:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set langmenu=nl_NL.ISO_8859-1
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- When 'langmenu' is empty, `v:lang` is used.
|
||
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
|
||
--- If your $LANG is set to a non-English language but you do want to use
|
||
--- the English menus:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set langmenu=none
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This option must be set before loading menus, switching on filetype
|
||
--- detection or syntax highlighting. Once the menus are defined setting
|
||
--- this option has no effect. But you could do this:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :source $VIMRUNTIME/delmenu.vim
|
||
--- :set langmenu=de_DE.ISO_8859-1
|
||
--- :source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.langmenu = ""
|
||
vim.o.lm = vim.o.langmenu
|
||
vim.go.langmenu = vim.o.langmenu
|
||
vim.go.lm = vim.go.langmenu
|
||
|
||
--- When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
|
||
--- a mapping. If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings, make
|
||
--- sure this option is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.langremap = false
|
||
vim.o.lrm = vim.o.langremap
|
||
vim.go.langremap = vim.o.langremap
|
||
vim.go.lrm = vim.go.langremap
|
||
|
||
--- The value of this option influences when the last window will have a
|
||
--- status line:
|
||
--- 0: never
|
||
--- 1: only if there are at least two windows
|
||
--- 2: always
|
||
--- 3: always and ONLY the last window
|
||
--- The screen looks nicer with a status line if you have several
|
||
--- windows, but it takes another screen line. `status-line`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.laststatus = 2
|
||
vim.o.ls = vim.o.laststatus
|
||
vim.go.laststatus = vim.o.laststatus
|
||
vim.go.ls = vim.go.laststatus
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is set, the screen will not be redrawn while
|
||
--- executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
|
||
--- typed. Also, updating the window title is postponed. To force an
|
||
--- update use `:redraw`.
|
||
--- This may occasionally cause display errors. It is only meant to be set
|
||
--- temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
|
||
--- flickering or cause a slow down.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.lazyredraw = false
|
||
vim.o.lz = vim.o.lazyredraw
|
||
vim.go.lazyredraw = vim.o.lazyredraw
|
||
vim.go.lz = vim.go.lazyredraw
|
||
|
||
--- If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
|
||
--- than at the last character that fits on the screen. Unlike
|
||
--- 'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
|
||
--- it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
|
||
--- If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
|
||
--- of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
|
||
--- is not used when the 'wrap' option is off.
|
||
--- Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
|
||
--- with the right amount of white space.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.linebreak = false
|
||
vim.o.lbr = vim.o.linebreak
|
||
vim.wo.linebreak = vim.o.linebreak
|
||
vim.wo.lbr = vim.wo.linebreak
|
||
|
||
--- Number of lines of the Vim window.
|
||
--- Normally you don't need to set this. It is done automatically by the
|
||
--- terminal initialization code.
|
||
--- When Vim is running in the GUI or in a resizable window, setting this
|
||
--- option will cause the window size to be changed. When you only want
|
||
--- to use the size for the GUI, put the command in your `gvimrc` file.
|
||
--- Vim limits the number of lines to what fits on the screen. You can
|
||
--- use this command to get the tallest window possible:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set lines=999
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Minimum value is 2, maximum value is 1000.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.lines = 24
|
||
vim.go.lines = vim.o.lines
|
||
|
||
--- only in the GUI
|
||
--- Number of pixel lines inserted between characters. Useful if the font
|
||
--- uses the full character cell height, making lines touch each other.
|
||
--- When non-zero there is room for underlining.
|
||
--- With some fonts there can be too much room between lines (to have
|
||
--- space for ascents and descents). Then it makes sense to set
|
||
--- 'linespace' to a negative value. This may cause display problems
|
||
--- though!
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.linespace = 0
|
||
vim.o.lsp = vim.o.linespace
|
||
vim.go.linespace = vim.o.linespace
|
||
vim.go.lsp = vim.go.linespace
|
||
|
||
--- Lisp mode: When <Enter> is typed in insert mode set the indent for
|
||
--- the next line to Lisp standards (well, sort of). Also happens with
|
||
--- "cc" or "S". 'autoindent' must also be on for this to work. The 'p'
|
||
--- flag in 'cpoptions' changes the method of indenting: Vi compatible or
|
||
--- better. Also see 'lispwords'.
|
||
--- The '-' character is included in keyword characters. Redefines the
|
||
--- "=" operator to use this same indentation algorithm rather than
|
||
--- calling an external program if 'equalprg' is empty.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.lisp = false
|
||
vim.bo.lisp = vim.o.lisp
|
||
|
||
--- Comma-separated list of items that influence the Lisp indenting when
|
||
--- enabled with the `'lisp'` option. Currently only one item is
|
||
--- supported:
|
||
--- expr:1 use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting when it is set
|
||
--- expr:0 do not use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting (default)
|
||
--- Note that when using 'indentexpr' the `=` operator indents all the
|
||
--- lines, otherwise the first line is not indented (Vi-compatible).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.lispoptions = ""
|
||
vim.o.lop = vim.o.lispoptions
|
||
vim.bo.lispoptions = vim.o.lispoptions
|
||
vim.bo.lop = vim.bo.lispoptions
|
||
|
||
--- Comma-separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting when
|
||
--- enabled with the `'lisp'` option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.lispwords = "defun,define,defmacro,set!,lambda,if,case,let,flet,let*,letrec,do,do*,define-syntax,let-syntax,letrec-syntax,destructuring-bind,defpackage,defparameter,defstruct,deftype,defvar,do-all-symbols,do-external-symbols,do-symbols,dolist,dotimes,ecase,etypecase,eval-when,labels,macrolet,multiple-value-bind,multiple-value-call,multiple-value-prog1,multiple-value-setq,prog1,progv,typecase,unless,unwind-protect,when,with-input-from-string,with-open-file,with-open-stream,with-output-to-string,with-package-iterator,define-condition,handler-bind,handler-case,restart-bind,restart-case,with-simple-restart,store-value,use-value,muffle-warning,abort,continue,with-slots,with-slots*,with-accessors,with-accessors*,defclass,defmethod,print-unreadable-object"
|
||
vim.o.lw = vim.o.lispwords
|
||
vim.bo.lispwords = vim.o.lispwords
|
||
vim.bo.lw = vim.bo.lispwords
|
||
vim.go.lispwords = vim.o.lispwords
|
||
vim.go.lw = vim.go.lispwords
|
||
|
||
--- List mode: By default, show tabs as ">", trailing spaces as "-", and
|
||
--- non-breakable space characters as "+". Useful to see the difference
|
||
--- between tabs and spaces and for trailing blanks. Further changed by
|
||
--- the 'listchars' option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The cursor is displayed at the start of the space a Tab character
|
||
--- occupies, not at the end as usual in Normal mode. To get this cursor
|
||
--- position while displaying Tabs with spaces, use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set list lcs=tab:\ \
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that list mode will also affect formatting (set with 'textwidth'
|
||
--- or 'wrapmargin') when 'cpoptions' includes 'L'. See 'listchars' for
|
||
--- changing the way tabs are displayed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.list = false
|
||
vim.wo.list = vim.o.list
|
||
|
||
--- Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the `:list` command. It is a
|
||
--- comma-separated list of string settings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- *lcs-eol*
|
||
--- eol:c Character to show at the end of each line. When
|
||
--- omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
|
||
--- line.
|
||
--- *lcs-tab*
|
||
--- tab:xy[z] Two or three characters to be used to show a tab.
|
||
--- The third character is optional.
|
||
---
|
||
--- tab:xy The 'x' is always used, then 'y' as many times as will
|
||
--- fit. Thus "tab:>-" displays:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- >-
|
||
--- >--
|
||
--- etc.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- tab:xyz The 'z' is always used, then 'x' is prepended, and
|
||
--- then 'y' is used as many times as will fit. Thus
|
||
--- "tab:<->" displays:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- <>
|
||
--- <->
|
||
--- <-->
|
||
--- etc.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- When "tab:" is omitted, a tab is shown as ^I.
|
||
--- *lcs-space*
|
||
--- space:c Character to show for a space. When omitted, spaces
|
||
--- are left blank.
|
||
--- *lcs-multispace*
|
||
--- multispace:c...
|
||
--- One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
|
||
--- multiple consecutive spaces. Overrides the "space"
|
||
--- setting, except for single spaces. When omitted, the
|
||
--- "space" setting is used. For example,
|
||
--- `:set listchars=multispace:---+` shows ten consecutive
|
||
--- spaces as:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- ---+---+--
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- *lcs-lead*
|
||
--- lead:c Character to show for leading spaces. When omitted,
|
||
--- leading spaces are blank. Overrides the "space" and
|
||
--- "multispace" settings for leading spaces. You can
|
||
--- combine it with "tab:", for example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set listchars+=tab:>-,lead:.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- *lcs-leadmultispace*
|
||
--- leadmultispace:c...
|
||
--- Like the `lcs-multispace` value, but for leading
|
||
--- spaces only. Also overrides `lcs-lead` for leading
|
||
--- multiple spaces.
|
||
--- `:set listchars=leadmultispace:---+` shows ten
|
||
--- consecutive leading spaces as:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- ---+---+--XXX
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- Where "XXX" denotes the first non-blank characters in
|
||
--- the line.
|
||
--- *lcs-trail*
|
||
--- trail:c Character to show for trailing spaces. When omitted,
|
||
--- trailing spaces are blank. Overrides the "space" and
|
||
--- "multispace" settings for trailing spaces.
|
||
--- *lcs-extends*
|
||
--- extends:c Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
|
||
--- off and the line continues beyond the right of the
|
||
--- screen.
|
||
--- *lcs-precedes*
|
||
--- precedes:c Character to show in the first visible column of the
|
||
--- physical line, when there is text preceding the
|
||
--- character visible in the first column.
|
||
--- *lcs-conceal*
|
||
--- conceal:c Character to show in place of concealed text, when
|
||
--- 'conceallevel' is set to 1. A space when omitted.
|
||
--- *lcs-nbsp*
|
||
--- nbsp:c Character to show for a non-breakable space character
|
||
--- (0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F). Left blank when
|
||
--- omitted.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The characters ':' and ',' should not be used. UTF-8 characters can
|
||
--- be used. All characters must be single width.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Each character can be specified as hex:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set listchars=eol:\\x24
|
||
--- set listchars=eol:\\u21b5
|
||
--- set listchars=eol:\\U000021b5
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Note that a double backslash is used. The number of hex characters
|
||
--- must be exactly 2 for \\x, 4 for \\u and 8 for \\U.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set lcs=tab:>-,trail:-
|
||
--- :set lcs=tab:>-,eol:<,nbsp:%
|
||
--- :set lcs=extends:>,precedes:<
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- `hl-NonText` highlighting will be used for "eol", "extends" and
|
||
--- "precedes". `hl-Whitespace` for "nbsp", "space", "tab", "multispace",
|
||
--- "lead" and "trail".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.listchars = "tab:> ,trail:-,nbsp:+"
|
||
vim.o.lcs = vim.o.listchars
|
||
vim.wo.listchars = vim.o.listchars
|
||
vim.wo.lcs = vim.wo.listchars
|
||
vim.go.listchars = vim.o.listchars
|
||
vim.go.lcs = vim.go.listchars
|
||
|
||
--- When on the plugin scripts are loaded when starting up `load-plugins`.
|
||
--- This option can be reset in your `vimrc` file to disable the loading
|
||
--- of plugins.
|
||
--- Note that using the "-u NONE" and "--noplugin" command line arguments
|
||
--- reset this option. `-u` `--noplugin`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.loadplugins = true
|
||
vim.o.lpl = vim.o.loadplugins
|
||
vim.go.loadplugins = vim.o.loadplugins
|
||
vim.go.lpl = vim.go.loadplugins
|
||
|
||
--- Changes the special characters that can be used in search patterns.
|
||
--- See `pattern`.
|
||
--- WARNING: Switching this option off most likely breaks plugins! That
|
||
--- is because many patterns assume it's on and will fail when it's off.
|
||
--- Only switch it off when working with old Vi scripts. In any other
|
||
--- situation write patterns that work when 'magic' is on. Include "\M"
|
||
--- when you want to `/\M`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.magic = true
|
||
vim.go.magic = vim.o.magic
|
||
|
||
--- Name of the errorfile for the `:make` command (see `:make_makeprg`)
|
||
--- and the `:grep` command.
|
||
--- When it is empty, an internally generated temp file will be used.
|
||
--- When "##" is included, it is replaced by a number to make the name
|
||
--- unique. This makes sure that the ":make" command doesn't overwrite an
|
||
--- existing file.
|
||
--- NOT used for the ":cf" command. See 'errorfile' for that.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.makeef = ""
|
||
vim.o.mef = vim.o.makeef
|
||
vim.go.makeef = vim.o.makeef
|
||
vim.go.mef = vim.go.makeef
|
||
|
||
--- Encoding used for reading the output of external commands. When empty,
|
||
--- encoding is not converted.
|
||
--- This is used for `:make`, `:lmake`, `:grep`, `:lgrep`, `:grepadd`,
|
||
--- `:lgrepadd`, `:cfile`, `:cgetfile`, `:caddfile`, `:lfile`, `:lgetfile`,
|
||
--- and `:laddfile`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This would be mostly useful when you use MS-Windows. If iconv is
|
||
--- enabled, setting 'makeencoding' to "char" has the same effect as
|
||
--- setting to the system locale encoding. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set makeencoding=char " system locale is used
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.makeencoding = ""
|
||
vim.o.menc = vim.o.makeencoding
|
||
vim.bo.makeencoding = vim.o.makeencoding
|
||
vim.bo.menc = vim.bo.makeencoding
|
||
vim.go.makeencoding = vim.o.makeencoding
|
||
vim.go.menc = vim.go.makeencoding
|
||
|
||
--- Program to use for the ":make" command. See `:make_makeprg`.
|
||
--- This option may contain '%' and '#' characters (see `:_%` and `:_#`),
|
||
--- which are expanded to the current and alternate file name. Use `::S`
|
||
--- to escape file names in case they contain special characters.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`. See `option-backslash`
|
||
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- Note that a '|' must be escaped twice: once for ":set" and once for
|
||
--- the interpretation of a command. When you use a filter called
|
||
--- "myfilter" do it like this:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set makeprg=gmake\ \\\|\ myfilter
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The placeholder "$*" can be given (even multiple times) to specify
|
||
--- where the arguments will be included, for example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set makeprg=latex\ \\\\nonstopmode\ \\\\input\\{$*}
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.makeprg = "make"
|
||
vim.o.mp = vim.o.makeprg
|
||
vim.bo.makeprg = vim.o.makeprg
|
||
vim.bo.mp = vim.bo.makeprg
|
||
vim.go.makeprg = vim.o.makeprg
|
||
vim.go.mp = vim.go.makeprg
|
||
|
||
--- Characters that form pairs. The `%` command jumps from one to the
|
||
--- other.
|
||
--- Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
|
||
--- jump between two double quotes.
|
||
--- The characters must be separated by a colon.
|
||
--- The pairs must be separated by a comma. Example for including '<' and
|
||
--- '>' (for HTML):
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set mps+=<:>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- A more exotic example, to jump between the '=' and ';' in an
|
||
--- assignment, useful for languages like C and Java:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :au FileType c,cpp,java set mps+==:;
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- For a more advanced way of using "%", see the matchit.vim plugin in
|
||
--- the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin directory. `add-local-help`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.matchpairs = "(:),{:},[:]"
|
||
vim.o.mps = vim.o.matchpairs
|
||
vim.bo.matchpairs = vim.o.matchpairs
|
||
vim.bo.mps = vim.bo.matchpairs
|
||
|
||
--- Tenths of a second to show the matching paren, when 'showmatch' is
|
||
--- set. Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
|
||
--- set a time. This is to be compatible with Nvi.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.matchtime = 5
|
||
vim.o.mat = vim.o.matchtime
|
||
vim.go.matchtime = vim.o.matchtime
|
||
vim.go.mat = vim.go.matchtime
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum depth of function calls for user functions. This normally
|
||
--- catches endless recursion. When using a recursive function with
|
||
--- more depth, set 'maxfuncdepth' to a bigger number. But this will use
|
||
--- more memory, there is the danger of failing when memory is exhausted.
|
||
--- Increasing this limit above 200 also changes the maximum for Ex
|
||
--- command recursion, see `E169`.
|
||
--- See also `:function`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.maxfuncdepth = 100
|
||
vim.o.mfd = vim.o.maxfuncdepth
|
||
vim.go.maxfuncdepth = vim.o.maxfuncdepth
|
||
vim.go.mfd = vim.go.maxfuncdepth
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum number of times a mapping is done without resulting in a
|
||
--- character to be used. This normally catches endless mappings, like
|
||
--- ":map x y" with ":map y x". It still does not catch ":map g wg",
|
||
--- because the 'w' is used before the next mapping is done. See also
|
||
--- `key-mapping`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.maxmapdepth = 1000
|
||
vim.o.mmd = vim.o.maxmapdepth
|
||
vim.go.maxmapdepth = vim.o.maxmapdepth
|
||
vim.go.mmd = vim.go.maxmapdepth
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for pattern matching.
|
||
--- The maximum value is about 2000000. Use this to work without a limit.
|
||
--- *E363*
|
||
--- When Vim runs into the limit it gives an error message and mostly
|
||
--- behaves like CTRL-C was typed.
|
||
--- Running into the limit often means that the pattern is very
|
||
--- inefficient or too complex. This may already happen with the pattern
|
||
--- "\(.\)*" on a very long line. ".*" works much better.
|
||
--- Might also happen on redraw, when syntax rules try to match a complex
|
||
--- text structure.
|
||
--- Vim may run out of memory before hitting the 'maxmempattern' limit, in
|
||
--- which case you get an "Out of memory" error instead.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.maxmempattern = 1000
|
||
vim.o.mmp = vim.o.maxmempattern
|
||
vim.go.maxmempattern = vim.o.maxmempattern
|
||
vim.go.mmp = vim.go.maxmempattern
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum number of items to use in a menu. Used for menus that are
|
||
--- generated from a list of items, e.g., the Buffers menu. Changing this
|
||
--- option has no direct effect, the menu must be refreshed first.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.menuitems = 25
|
||
vim.o.mis = vim.o.menuitems
|
||
vim.go.menuitems = vim.o.menuitems
|
||
vim.go.mis = vim.go.menuitems
|
||
|
||
--- Parameters for `:mkspell`. This tunes when to start compressing the
|
||
--- word tree. Compression can be slow when there are many words, but
|
||
--- it's needed to avoid running out of memory. The amount of memory used
|
||
--- per word depends very much on how similar the words are, that's why
|
||
--- this tuning is complicated.
|
||
---
|
||
--- There are three numbers, separated by commas:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- {start},{inc},{added}
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- For most languages the uncompressed word tree fits in memory. {start}
|
||
--- gives the amount of memory in Kbyte that can be used before any
|
||
--- compression is done. It should be a bit smaller than the amount of
|
||
--- memory that is available to Vim.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When going over the {start} limit the {inc} number specifies the
|
||
--- amount of memory in Kbyte that can be allocated before another
|
||
--- compression is done. A low number means compression is done after
|
||
--- less words are added, which is slow. A high number means more memory
|
||
--- will be allocated.
|
||
---
|
||
--- After doing compression, {added} times 1024 words can be added before
|
||
--- the {inc} limit is ignored and compression is done when any extra
|
||
--- amount of memory is needed. A low number means there is a smaller
|
||
--- chance of hitting the {inc} limit, less memory is used but it's
|
||
--- slower.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The languages for which these numbers are important are Italian and
|
||
--- Hungarian. The default works for when you have about 512 Mbyte. If
|
||
--- you have 1 Gbyte you could use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set mkspellmem=900000,3000,800
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- If you have less than 512 Mbyte `:mkspell` may fail for some
|
||
--- languages, no matter what you set 'mkspellmem' to.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.mkspellmem = "460000,2000,500"
|
||
vim.o.msm = vim.o.mkspellmem
|
||
vim.go.mkspellmem = vim.o.mkspellmem
|
||
vim.go.msm = vim.go.mkspellmem
|
||
|
||
--- If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
|
||
--- checked for set commands. If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
|
||
--- no lines are checked. See `modeline`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.modeline = true
|
||
vim.o.ml = vim.o.modeline
|
||
vim.bo.modeline = vim.o.modeline
|
||
vim.bo.ml = vim.bo.modeline
|
||
|
||
--- When on allow some options that are an expression to be set in the
|
||
--- modeline. Check the option for whether it is affected by
|
||
--- 'modelineexpr'. Also see `modeline`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.modelineexpr = false
|
||
vim.o.mle = vim.o.modelineexpr
|
||
vim.go.modelineexpr = vim.o.modelineexpr
|
||
vim.go.mle = vim.go.modelineexpr
|
||
|
||
--- If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
|
||
--- checked for set commands. If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
|
||
--- no lines are checked. See `modeline`.
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.modelines = 5
|
||
vim.o.mls = vim.o.modelines
|
||
vim.go.modelines = vim.o.modelines
|
||
vim.go.mls = vim.go.modelines
|
||
|
||
--- When off the buffer contents cannot be changed. The 'fileformat' and
|
||
--- 'fileencoding' options also can't be changed.
|
||
--- Can be reset on startup with the `-M` command line argument.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.modifiable = true
|
||
vim.o.ma = vim.o.modifiable
|
||
vim.bo.modifiable = vim.o.modifiable
|
||
vim.bo.ma = vim.bo.modifiable
|
||
|
||
--- When on, the buffer is considered to be modified. This option is set
|
||
--- when:
|
||
--- 1. A change was made to the text since it was last written. Using the
|
||
--- `undo` command to go back to the original text will reset the
|
||
--- option. But undoing changes that were made before writing the
|
||
--- buffer will set the option again, since the text is different from
|
||
--- when it was written.
|
||
--- 2. 'fileformat' or 'fileencoding' is different from its original
|
||
--- value. The original value is set when the buffer is read or
|
||
--- written. A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
|
||
--- values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
|
||
--- reset.
|
||
--- Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
|
||
--- This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
|
||
--- result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
|
||
--- FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event. See `gzip-example` for
|
||
--- an explanation.
|
||
--- When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
|
||
--- will be ignored.
|
||
--- Note that the text may actually be the same, e.g. 'modified' is set
|
||
--- when using "rA" on an "A".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.modified = false
|
||
vim.o.mod = vim.o.modified
|
||
vim.bo.modified = vim.o.modified
|
||
vim.bo.mod = vim.bo.modified
|
||
|
||
--- When on, listings pause when the whole screen is filled. You will get
|
||
--- the `more-prompt`. When this option is off there are no pauses, the
|
||
--- listing continues until finished.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.more = true
|
||
vim.go.more = vim.o.more
|
||
|
||
--- Enables mouse support. For example, to enable the mouse in Normal mode
|
||
--- and Visual mode:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set mouse=nv
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- To temporarily disable mouse support, hold the shift key while using
|
||
--- the mouse.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Mouse support can be enabled for different modes:
|
||
--- n Normal mode
|
||
--- v Visual mode
|
||
--- i Insert mode
|
||
--- c Command-line mode
|
||
--- h all previous modes when editing a help file
|
||
--- a all previous modes
|
||
--- r for `hit-enter` and `more-prompt` prompt
|
||
---
|
||
--- Left-click anywhere in a text buffer to place the cursor there. This
|
||
--- works with operators too, e.g. type `d` then left-click to delete text
|
||
--- from the current cursor position to the position where you clicked.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Drag the `status-line` or vertical separator of a window to resize it.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If enabled for "v" (Visual mode) then double-click selects word-wise,
|
||
--- triple-click makes it line-wise, and quadruple-click makes it
|
||
--- rectangular block-wise.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For scrolling with a mouse wheel see `scroll-mouse-wheel`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note: When enabling the mouse in a terminal, copy/paste will use the
|
||
--- "* register if possible. See also 'clipboard'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Related options:
|
||
--- 'mousefocus' window focus follows mouse pointer
|
||
--- 'mousemodel' what mouse button does which action
|
||
--- 'mousehide' hide mouse pointer while typing text
|
||
--- 'selectmode' whether to start Select mode or Visual mode
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.mouse = "nvi"
|
||
vim.go.mouse = vim.o.mouse
|
||
|
||
--- The window that the mouse pointer is on is automatically activated.
|
||
--- When changing the window layout or window focus in another way, the
|
||
--- mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus. Off is the
|
||
--- default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
|
||
--- a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.mousefocus = false
|
||
vim.o.mousef = vim.o.mousefocus
|
||
vim.go.mousefocus = vim.o.mousefocus
|
||
vim.go.mousef = vim.go.mousefocus
|
||
|
||
--- only in the GUI
|
||
--- When on, the mouse pointer is hidden when characters are typed.
|
||
--- The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.mousehide = true
|
||
vim.o.mh = vim.o.mousehide
|
||
vim.go.mousehide = vim.o.mousehide
|
||
vim.go.mh = vim.go.mousehide
|
||
|
||
--- Sets the model to use for the mouse. The name mostly specifies what
|
||
--- the right mouse button is used for:
|
||
--- extend Right mouse button extends a selection. This works
|
||
--- like in an xterm.
|
||
--- popup Right mouse button pops up a menu. The shifted left
|
||
--- mouse button extends a selection. This works like
|
||
--- with Microsoft Windows.
|
||
--- popup_setpos Like "popup", but the cursor will be moved to the
|
||
--- position where the mouse was clicked, and thus the
|
||
--- selected operation will act upon the clicked object.
|
||
--- If clicking inside a selection, that selection will
|
||
--- be acted upon, i.e. no cursor move. This implies of
|
||
--- course, that right clicking outside a selection will
|
||
--- end Visual mode.
|
||
--- Overview of what button does what for each model:
|
||
--- mouse extend popup(_setpos) ~
|
||
--- left click place cursor place cursor
|
||
--- left drag start selection start selection
|
||
--- shift-left search word extend selection
|
||
--- right click extend selection popup menu (place cursor)
|
||
--- right drag extend selection -
|
||
--- middle click paste paste
|
||
---
|
||
--- In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
|
||
--- Nvim creates a default `popup-menu` but you can redefine it.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
|
||
--- See `mouse-overview`. But mappings are NOT used for modeless selection.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :map <S-LeftMouse> <RightMouse>
|
||
--- :map <S-LeftDrag> <RightDrag>
|
||
--- :map <S-LeftRelease> <RightRelease>
|
||
--- :map <2-S-LeftMouse> <2-RightMouse>
|
||
--- :map <2-S-LeftDrag> <2-RightDrag>
|
||
--- :map <2-S-LeftRelease> <2-RightRelease>
|
||
--- :map <3-S-LeftMouse> <3-RightMouse>
|
||
--- :map <3-S-LeftDrag> <3-RightDrag>
|
||
--- :map <3-S-LeftRelease> <3-RightRelease>
|
||
--- :map <4-S-LeftMouse> <4-RightMouse>
|
||
--- :map <4-S-LeftDrag> <4-RightDrag>
|
||
--- :map <4-S-LeftRelease> <4-RightRelease>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- Mouse commands requiring the CTRL modifier can be simulated by typing
|
||
--- the "g" key before using the mouse:
|
||
--- "g<LeftMouse>" is "<C-LeftMouse> (jump to tag under mouse click)
|
||
--- "g<RightMouse>" is "<C-RightMouse> ("CTRL-T")
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.mousemodel = "popup_setpos"
|
||
vim.o.mousem = vim.o.mousemodel
|
||
vim.go.mousemodel = vim.o.mousemodel
|
||
vim.go.mousem = vim.go.mousemodel
|
||
|
||
--- When on, mouse move events are delivered to the input queue and are
|
||
--- available for mapping. The default, off, avoids the mouse movement
|
||
--- overhead except when needed.
|
||
--- Warning: Setting this option can make pending mappings to be aborted
|
||
--- when the mouse is moved.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.mousemoveevent = false
|
||
vim.o.mousemev = vim.o.mousemoveevent
|
||
vim.go.mousemoveevent = vim.o.mousemoveevent
|
||
vim.go.mousemev = vim.go.mousemoveevent
|
||
|
||
--- This option controls the number of lines / columns to scroll by when
|
||
--- scrolling with a mouse wheel (`scroll-mouse-wheel`). The option is
|
||
--- a comma-separated list. Each part consists of a direction and a count
|
||
--- as follows:
|
||
--- direction:count,direction:count
|
||
--- Direction is one of either "hor" or "ver". "hor" controls horizontal
|
||
--- scrolling and "ver" controls vertical scrolling. Count sets the amount
|
||
--- to scroll by for the given direction, it should be a non negative
|
||
--- integer. Each direction should be set at most once. If a direction
|
||
--- is omitted, a default value is used (6 for horizontal scrolling and 3
|
||
--- for vertical scrolling). You can disable mouse scrolling by using
|
||
--- a count of 0.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set mousescroll=ver:5,hor:2
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Will make Nvim scroll 5 lines at a time when scrolling vertically, and
|
||
--- scroll 2 columns at a time when scrolling horizontally.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.mousescroll = "ver:3,hor:6"
|
||
vim.go.mousescroll = vim.o.mousescroll
|
||
|
||
--- This option tells Vim what the mouse pointer should look like in
|
||
--- different modes. The option is a comma-separated list of parts, much
|
||
--- like used for 'guicursor'. Each part consist of a mode/location-list
|
||
--- and an argument-list:
|
||
--- mode-list:shape,mode-list:shape,..
|
||
--- The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes/locations:
|
||
--- In a normal window: ~
|
||
--- n Normal mode
|
||
--- v Visual mode
|
||
--- ve Visual mode with 'selection' "exclusive" (same as 'v',
|
||
--- if not specified)
|
||
--- o Operator-pending mode
|
||
--- i Insert mode
|
||
--- r Replace mode
|
||
---
|
||
--- Others: ~
|
||
--- c appending to the command-line
|
||
--- ci inserting in the command-line
|
||
--- cr replacing in the command-line
|
||
--- m at the 'Hit ENTER' or 'More' prompts
|
||
--- ml idem, but cursor in the last line
|
||
--- e any mode, pointer below last window
|
||
--- s any mode, pointer on a status line
|
||
--- sd any mode, while dragging a status line
|
||
--- vs any mode, pointer on a vertical separator line
|
||
--- vd any mode, while dragging a vertical separator line
|
||
--- a everywhere
|
||
---
|
||
--- The shape is one of the following:
|
||
--- avail name looks like ~
|
||
--- w x arrow Normal mouse pointer
|
||
--- w x blank no pointer at all (use with care!)
|
||
--- w x beam I-beam
|
||
--- w x updown up-down sizing arrows
|
||
--- w x leftright left-right sizing arrows
|
||
--- w x busy The system's usual busy pointer
|
||
--- w x no The system's usual "no input" pointer
|
||
--- x udsizing indicates up-down resizing
|
||
--- x lrsizing indicates left-right resizing
|
||
--- x crosshair like a big thin +
|
||
--- x hand1 black hand
|
||
--- x hand2 white hand
|
||
--- x pencil what you write with
|
||
--- x question big ?
|
||
--- x rightup-arrow arrow pointing right-up
|
||
--- w x up-arrow arrow pointing up
|
||
--- x <number> any X11 pointer number (see X11/cursorfont.h)
|
||
---
|
||
--- The "avail" column contains a 'w' if the shape is available for Win32,
|
||
--- x for X11.
|
||
--- Any modes not specified or shapes not available use the normal mouse
|
||
--- pointer.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set mouseshape=s:udsizing,m:no
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- will make the mouse turn to a sizing arrow over the status lines and
|
||
--- indicate no input when the hit-enter prompt is displayed (since
|
||
--- clicking the mouse has no effect in this state.)
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.mouseshape = ""
|
||
vim.o.mouses = vim.o.mouseshape
|
||
vim.go.mouseshape = vim.o.mouseshape
|
||
vim.go.mouses = vim.go.mouseshape
|
||
|
||
--- Defines the maximum time in msec between two mouse clicks for the
|
||
--- second click to be recognized as a multi click.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.mousetime = 500
|
||
vim.o.mouset = vim.o.mousetime
|
||
vim.go.mousetime = vim.o.mousetime
|
||
vim.go.mouset = vim.go.mousetime
|
||
|
||
--- This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
|
||
--- CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands for adding to and subtracting from a number
|
||
--- respectively; see `CTRL-A` for more info on these commands.
|
||
--- alpha If included, single alphabetical characters will be
|
||
--- incremented or decremented. This is useful for a list with a
|
||
--- letter index a), b), etc. *octal-nrformats*
|
||
--- octal If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
|
||
--- to be octal. Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
|
||
--- hex If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
|
||
--- considered to be hexadecimal. Example: Using CTRL-X on
|
||
--- "0x100" results in "0x0ff".
|
||
--- bin If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
|
||
--- considered to be binary. Example: Using CTRL-X on
|
||
--- "0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
|
||
--- unsigned If included, numbers are recognized as unsigned. Thus a
|
||
--- leading dash or negative sign won't be considered as part of
|
||
--- the number. Examples:
|
||
--- Using CTRL-X on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2019"
|
||
--- (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2021").
|
||
--- Using CTRL-A on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2021"
|
||
--- (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2019").
|
||
--- Using CTRL-X on "0" or CTRL-A on "18446744073709551615"
|
||
--- (2^64 - 1) has no effect, overflow is prevented.
|
||
--- Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
|
||
--- considered decimal. This also happens for numbers that are not
|
||
--- recognized as octal or hex.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.nrformats = "bin,hex"
|
||
vim.o.nf = vim.o.nrformats
|
||
vim.bo.nrformats = vim.o.nrformats
|
||
vim.bo.nf = vim.bo.nrformats
|
||
|
||
--- Print the line number in front of each line. When the 'n' option is
|
||
--- excluded from 'cpoptions' a wrapped line will not use the column of
|
||
--- line numbers.
|
||
--- Use the 'numberwidth' option to adjust the room for the line number.
|
||
--- When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
|
||
--- characters are put before the number.
|
||
--- For highlighting see `hl-LineNr`, `hl-CursorLineNr`, and the
|
||
--- `:sign-define` "numhl" argument.
|
||
--- *number_relativenumber*
|
||
--- The 'relativenumber' option changes the displayed number to be
|
||
--- relative to the cursor. Together with 'number' there are these
|
||
--- four combinations (cursor in line 3):
|
||
---
|
||
--- 'nonu' 'nu' 'nonu' 'nu'
|
||
--- 'nornu' 'nornu' 'rnu' 'rnu'
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- |apple | 1 apple | 2 apple | 2 apple
|
||
--- |pear | 2 pear | 1 pear | 1 pear
|
||
--- |nobody | 3 nobody | 0 nobody |3 nobody
|
||
--- |there | 4 there | 1 there | 1 there
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.number = false
|
||
vim.o.nu = vim.o.number
|
||
vim.wo.number = vim.o.number
|
||
vim.wo.nu = vim.wo.number
|
||
|
||
--- Minimal number of columns to use for the line number. Only relevant
|
||
--- when the 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set or printing lines
|
||
--- with a line number. Since one space is always between the number and
|
||
--- the text, there is one less character for the number itself.
|
||
--- The value is the minimum width. A bigger width is used when needed to
|
||
--- fit the highest line number in the buffer respectively the number of
|
||
--- rows in the window, depending on whether 'number' or 'relativenumber'
|
||
--- is set. Thus with the Vim default of 4 there is room for a line number
|
||
--- up to 999. When the buffer has 1000 lines five columns will be used.
|
||
--- The minimum value is 1, the maximum value is 20.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.numberwidth = 4
|
||
vim.o.nuw = vim.o.numberwidth
|
||
vim.wo.numberwidth = vim.o.numberwidth
|
||
vim.wo.nuw = vim.wo.numberwidth
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
|
||
--- completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O`
|
||
--- See `complete-functions` for an explanation of how the function is
|
||
--- invoked and what it should return. The value can be the name of a
|
||
--- function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for
|
||
--- more information.
|
||
--- This option is usually set by a filetype plugin:
|
||
--- `:filetype-plugin-on`
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.omnifunc = ""
|
||
vim.o.ofu = vim.o.omnifunc
|
||
vim.bo.omnifunc = vim.o.omnifunc
|
||
vim.bo.ofu = vim.bo.omnifunc
|
||
|
||
--- only for Windows
|
||
--- Enable reading and writing from devices. This may get Vim stuck on a
|
||
--- device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O. Therefore
|
||
--- it is off by default.
|
||
--- Note that on Windows editing "aux.h", "lpt1.txt" and the like also
|
||
--- result in editing a device.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.opendevice = false
|
||
vim.o.odev = vim.o.opendevice
|
||
vim.go.opendevice = vim.o.opendevice
|
||
vim.go.odev = vim.go.opendevice
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies a function to be called by the `g@` operator.
|
||
--- See `:map-operator` for more info and an example. The value can be
|
||
--- the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See
|
||
--- `option-value-function` for more information.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.operatorfunc = ""
|
||
vim.o.opfunc = vim.o.operatorfunc
|
||
vim.go.operatorfunc = vim.o.operatorfunc
|
||
vim.go.opfunc = vim.go.operatorfunc
|
||
|
||
--- Directories used to find packages.
|
||
--- See `packages` and `packages-runtimepath`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.packpath = "..."
|
||
vim.o.pp = vim.o.packpath
|
||
vim.go.packpath = vim.o.packpath
|
||
vim.go.pp = vim.go.packpath
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies the nroff macros that separate paragraphs. These are pairs
|
||
--- of two letters (see `object-motions`).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.paragraphs = "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp"
|
||
vim.o.para = vim.o.paragraphs
|
||
vim.go.paragraphs = vim.o.paragraphs
|
||
vim.go.para = vim.go.paragraphs
|
||
|
||
--- Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
|
||
--- the resulting new version of the file. See `diff-patchexpr`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.patchexpr = ""
|
||
vim.o.pex = vim.o.patchexpr
|
||
vim.go.patchexpr = vim.o.patchexpr
|
||
vim.go.pex = vim.go.patchexpr
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty the oldest version of a file is kept. This can be used
|
||
--- to keep the original version of a file if you are changing files in a
|
||
--- source distribution. Only the first time that a file is written a
|
||
--- copy of the original file will be kept. The name of the copy is the
|
||
--- name of the original file with the string in the 'patchmode' option
|
||
--- appended. This option should start with a dot. Use a string like
|
||
--- ".orig" or ".org". 'backupdir' must not be empty for this to work
|
||
--- (Detail: The backup file is renamed to the patchmode file after the
|
||
--- new file has been successfully written, that's why it must be possible
|
||
--- to write a backup file). If there was no file to be backed up, an
|
||
--- empty file is created.
|
||
--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a patchmode file is not made.
|
||
--- Using 'patchmode' for compressed files appends the extension at the
|
||
--- end (e.g., "file.gz.orig"), thus the resulting name isn't always
|
||
--- recognized as a compressed file.
|
||
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.patchmode = ""
|
||
vim.o.pm = vim.o.patchmode
|
||
vim.go.patchmode = vim.o.patchmode
|
||
vim.go.pm = vim.go.patchmode
|
||
|
||
--- This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
|
||
--- `gf`, [f, ]f, ^Wf, `:find`, `:sfind`, `:tabfind` and other commands,
|
||
--- provided that the file being searched for has a relative path (not
|
||
--- starting with "/", "./" or "../"). The directories in the 'path'
|
||
--- option may be relative or absolute.
|
||
--- - Use commas to separate directory names:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path=.,/usr/local/include,/usr/include
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with an extra
|
||
--- backslash:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path=.,/dir/with\\,comma
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- - To search relative to the directory of the current file, use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path=.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- - To search in the current directory use an empty string between two
|
||
--- commas:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path=,,
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- - A directory name may end in a ':' or '/'.
|
||
--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
|
||
--- - When using `netrw.vim` URLs can be used. For example, adding
|
||
--- "https://www.vim.org" will make ":find index.html" work.
|
||
--- - Search upwards and downwards in a directory tree using "*", "**" and
|
||
--- ";". See `file-searching` for info and syntax.
|
||
--- - Careful with '\' characters, type two to get one in the option:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path=.,c:\\include
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Or just use '/' instead:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path=.,c:/include
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Don't forget "." or files won't even be found in the same directory as
|
||
--- the file!
|
||
--- The maximum length is limited. How much depends on the system, mostly
|
||
--- it is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
|
||
--- You can check if all the include files are found, using the value of
|
||
--- 'path', see `:checkpath`.
|
||
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
|
||
--- directories from the list. This avoids problems when a future version
|
||
--- uses another default. To remove the current directory use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path-=
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- To add the current directory use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set path+=
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- To use an environment variable, you probably need to replace the
|
||
--- separator. Here is an example to append $INCL, in which directory
|
||
--- names are separated with a semi-colon:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :let &path = &path .. "," .. substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used. Note that
|
||
--- this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.path = ".,,"
|
||
vim.o.pa = vim.o.path
|
||
vim.bo.path = vim.o.path
|
||
vim.bo.pa = vim.bo.path
|
||
vim.go.path = vim.o.path
|
||
vim.go.pa = vim.go.path
|
||
|
||
--- When changing the indent of the current line, preserve as much of the
|
||
--- indent structure as possible. Normally the indent is replaced by a
|
||
--- series of tabs followed by spaces as required (unless `'expandtab'` is
|
||
--- enabled, in which case only spaces are used). Enabling this option
|
||
--- means the indent will preserve as many existing characters as possible
|
||
--- for indenting, and only add additional tabs or spaces as required.
|
||
--- 'expandtab' does not apply to the preserved white space, a Tab remains
|
||
--- a Tab.
|
||
--- NOTE: When using ">>" multiple times the resulting indent is a mix of
|
||
--- tabs and spaces. You might not like this.
|
||
--- Also see 'copyindent'.
|
||
--- Use `:retab` to clean up white space.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.preserveindent = false
|
||
vim.o.pi = vim.o.preserveindent
|
||
vim.bo.preserveindent = vim.o.preserveindent
|
||
vim.bo.pi = vim.bo.preserveindent
|
||
|
||
--- Default height for a preview window. Used for `:ptag` and associated
|
||
--- commands. Used for `CTRL-W_}` when no count is given.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.previewheight = 12
|
||
vim.o.pvh = vim.o.previewheight
|
||
vim.go.previewheight = vim.o.previewheight
|
||
vim.go.pvh = vim.go.previewheight
|
||
|
||
--- Identifies the preview window. Only one window can have this option
|
||
--- set. It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
|
||
--- `:ptag`, `:pedit`, etc.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.previewwindow = false
|
||
vim.o.pvw = vim.o.previewwindow
|
||
vim.wo.previewwindow = vim.o.previewwindow
|
||
vim.wo.pvw = vim.wo.previewwindow
|
||
|
||
--- Enables pseudo-transparency for the `popup-menu`. Valid values are in
|
||
--- the range of 0 for fully opaque popupmenu (disabled) to 100 for fully
|
||
--- transparent background. Values between 0-30 are typically most useful.
|
||
---
|
||
--- It is possible to override the level for individual highlights within
|
||
--- the popupmenu using `highlight-blend`. For instance, to enable
|
||
--- transparency but force the current selected element to be fully opaque:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set pumblend=15
|
||
--- :hi PmenuSel blend=0
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- UI-dependent. Works best with RGB colors. 'termguicolors'
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.pumblend = 0
|
||
vim.o.pb = vim.o.pumblend
|
||
vim.go.pumblend = vim.o.pumblend
|
||
vim.go.pb = vim.go.pumblend
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum number of items to show in the popup menu
|
||
--- (`ins-completion-menu`). Zero means "use available screen space".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.pumheight = 0
|
||
vim.o.ph = vim.o.pumheight
|
||
vim.go.pumheight = vim.o.pumheight
|
||
vim.go.ph = vim.go.pumheight
|
||
|
||
--- Minimum width for the popup menu (`ins-completion-menu`). If the
|
||
--- cursor column + 'pumwidth' exceeds screen width, the popup menu is
|
||
--- nudged to fit on the screen.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.pumwidth = 15
|
||
vim.o.pw = vim.o.pumwidth
|
||
vim.go.pumwidth = vim.o.pumwidth
|
||
vim.go.pw = vim.go.pumwidth
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies the python version used for pyx* functions and commands
|
||
--- `python_x`. As only Python 3 is supported, this always has the value
|
||
--- `3`. Setting any other value is an error.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.pyxversion = 3
|
||
vim.o.pyx = vim.o.pyxversion
|
||
vim.go.pyxversion = vim.o.pyxversion
|
||
vim.go.pyx = vim.go.pyxversion
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies a function to be used to get the text to display
|
||
--- in the quickfix and location list windows. This can be used to
|
||
--- customize the information displayed in the quickfix or location window
|
||
--- for each entry in the corresponding quickfix or location list. See
|
||
--- `quickfix-window-function` for an explanation of how to write the
|
||
--- function and an example. The value can be the name of a function, a
|
||
--- `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for more
|
||
--- information.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.quickfixtextfunc = ""
|
||
vim.o.qftf = vim.o.quickfixtextfunc
|
||
vim.go.quickfixtextfunc = vim.o.quickfixtextfunc
|
||
vim.go.qftf = vim.go.quickfixtextfunc
|
||
|
||
--- The characters that are used to escape quotes in a string. Used for
|
||
--- objects like a', a" and a` `a'`.
|
||
--- When one of the characters in this option is found inside a string,
|
||
--- the following character will be skipped. The default value makes the
|
||
--- text "foo\"bar\\" considered to be one string.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.quoteescape = "\\"
|
||
vim.o.qe = vim.o.quoteescape
|
||
vim.bo.quoteescape = vim.o.quoteescape
|
||
vim.bo.qe = vim.bo.quoteescape
|
||
|
||
--- If on, writes fail unless you use a '!'. Protects you from
|
||
--- accidentally overwriting a file. Default on when Vim is started
|
||
--- in read-only mode ("vim -R") or when the executable is called "view".
|
||
--- When using ":w!" the 'readonly' option is reset for the current
|
||
--- buffer, unless the 'Z' flag is in 'cpoptions'.
|
||
--- When using the ":view" command the 'readonly' option is set for the
|
||
--- newly edited buffer.
|
||
--- See 'modifiable' for disallowing changes to the buffer.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.readonly = false
|
||
vim.o.ro = vim.o.readonly
|
||
vim.bo.readonly = vim.o.readonly
|
||
vim.bo.ro = vim.bo.readonly
|
||
|
||
--- Flags to change the way redrawing works, for debugging purposes.
|
||
--- Most useful with 'writedelay' set to some reasonable value.
|
||
--- Supports the following flags:
|
||
--- compositor Indicate each redraw event handled by the compositor
|
||
--- by briefly flashing the redrawn regions in colors
|
||
--- indicating the redraw type. These are the highlight
|
||
--- groups used (and their default colors):
|
||
--- RedrawDebugNormal gui=reverse normal redraw passed through
|
||
--- RedrawDebugClear guibg=Yellow clear event passed through
|
||
--- RedrawDebugComposed guibg=Green redraw event modified by the
|
||
--- compositor (due to
|
||
--- overlapping grids, etc)
|
||
--- RedrawDebugRecompose guibg=Red redraw generated by the
|
||
--- compositor itself, due to a
|
||
--- grid being moved or deleted.
|
||
--- line introduce a delay after each line drawn on the screen.
|
||
--- When using the TUI or another single-grid UI, "compositor"
|
||
--- gives more information and should be preferred (every
|
||
--- line is processed as a separate event by the compositor)
|
||
--- flush introduce a delay after each "flush" event.
|
||
--- nothrottle Turn off throttling of the message grid. This is an
|
||
--- optimization that joins many small scrolls to one
|
||
--- larger scroll when drawing the message area (with
|
||
--- 'display' msgsep flag active).
|
||
--- invalid Enable stricter checking (abort) of inconsistencies
|
||
--- of the internal screen state. This is mostly
|
||
--- useful when running nvim inside a debugger (and
|
||
--- the test suite).
|
||
--- nodelta Send all internally redrawn cells to the UI, even if
|
||
--- they are unchanged from the already displayed state.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.redrawdebug = ""
|
||
vim.o.rdb = vim.o.redrawdebug
|
||
vim.go.redrawdebug = vim.o.redrawdebug
|
||
vim.go.rdb = vim.go.redrawdebug
|
||
|
||
--- Time in milliseconds for redrawing the display. Applies to
|
||
--- 'hlsearch', 'inccommand', `:match` highlighting and syntax
|
||
--- highlighting.
|
||
--- When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
|
||
--- matches will be highlighted.
|
||
--- For syntax highlighting the time applies per window. When over the
|
||
--- limit syntax highlighting is disabled until `CTRL-L` is used.
|
||
--- This is used to avoid that Vim hangs when using a very complicated
|
||
--- pattern.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.redrawtime = 2000
|
||
vim.o.rdt = vim.o.redrawtime
|
||
vim.go.redrawtime = vim.o.redrawtime
|
||
vim.go.rdt = vim.go.redrawtime
|
||
|
||
--- This selects the default regexp engine. `two-engines`
|
||
--- The possible values are:
|
||
--- 0 automatic selection
|
||
--- 1 old engine
|
||
--- 2 NFA engine
|
||
--- Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
|
||
--- that is not supported the pattern will not match. This is only useful
|
||
--- for debugging the regexp engine.
|
||
--- Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
|
||
--- default engine becomes too costly. E.g., when the NFA engine uses too
|
||
--- many states. This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
|
||
--- a complex pattern with long text.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.regexpengine = 0
|
||
vim.o.re = vim.o.regexpengine
|
||
vim.go.regexpengine = vim.o.regexpengine
|
||
vim.go.re = vim.go.regexpengine
|
||
|
||
--- Show the line number relative to the line with the cursor in front of
|
||
--- each line. Relative line numbers help you use the `count` you can
|
||
--- precede some vertical motion commands (e.g. j k + -) with, without
|
||
--- having to calculate it yourself. Especially useful in combination with
|
||
--- other commands (e.g. y d c < > gq gw =).
|
||
--- When the 'n' option is excluded from 'cpoptions' a wrapped
|
||
--- line will not use the column of line numbers.
|
||
--- The 'numberwidth' option can be used to set the room used for the line
|
||
--- number.
|
||
--- When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
|
||
--- characters are put before the number.
|
||
--- See `hl-LineNr` and `hl-CursorLineNr` for the highlighting used for
|
||
--- the number.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
|
||
--- 'number', see `number_relativenumber` for all combinations of the two
|
||
--- options.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.relativenumber = false
|
||
vim.o.rnu = vim.o.relativenumber
|
||
vim.wo.relativenumber = vim.o.relativenumber
|
||
vim.wo.rnu = vim.wo.relativenumber
|
||
|
||
--- Threshold for reporting number of lines changed. When the number of
|
||
--- changed lines is more than 'report' a message will be given for most
|
||
--- ":" commands. If you want it always, set 'report' to 0.
|
||
--- For the ":substitute" command the number of substitutions is used
|
||
--- instead of the number of lines.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.report = 2
|
||
vim.go.report = vim.o.report
|
||
|
||
--- Inserting characters in Insert mode will work backwards. See "typing
|
||
--- backwards" `ins-reverse`. This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
|
||
--- command in Insert mode, when 'allowrevins' is set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.revins = false
|
||
vim.o.ri = vim.o.revins
|
||
vim.go.revins = vim.o.revins
|
||
vim.go.ri = vim.go.revins
|
||
|
||
--- When on, display orientation becomes right-to-left, i.e., characters
|
||
--- that are stored in the file appear from the right to the left.
|
||
--- Using this option, it is possible to edit files for languages that
|
||
--- are written from the right to the left such as Hebrew and Arabic.
|
||
--- This option is per window, so it is possible to edit mixed files
|
||
--- simultaneously, or to view the same file in both ways (this is
|
||
--- useful whenever you have a mixed text file with both right-to-left
|
||
--- and left-to-right strings so that both sets are displayed properly
|
||
--- in different windows). Also see `rileft.txt`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.rightleft = false
|
||
vim.o.rl = vim.o.rightleft
|
||
vim.wo.rightleft = vim.o.rightleft
|
||
vim.wo.rl = vim.wo.rightleft
|
||
|
||
--- Each word in this option enables the command line editing to work in
|
||
--- right-to-left mode for a group of commands:
|
||
---
|
||
--- search "/" and "?" commands
|
||
---
|
||
--- This is useful for languages such as Hebrew, Arabic and Farsi.
|
||
--- The 'rightleft' option must be set for 'rightleftcmd' to take effect.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.rightleftcmd = "search"
|
||
vim.o.rlc = vim.o.rightleftcmd
|
||
vim.wo.rightleftcmd = vim.o.rightleftcmd
|
||
vim.wo.rlc = vim.wo.rightleftcmd
|
||
|
||
--- Show the line and column number of the cursor position, separated by a
|
||
--- comma. When there is room, the relative position of the displayed
|
||
--- text in the file is shown on the far right:
|
||
--- Top first line is visible
|
||
--- Bot last line is visible
|
||
--- All first and last line are visible
|
||
--- 45% relative position in the file
|
||
--- If 'rulerformat' is set, it will determine the contents of the ruler.
|
||
--- Each window has its own ruler. If a window has a status line, the
|
||
--- ruler is shown there. If a window doesn't have a status line and
|
||
--- 'cmdheight' is zero, the ruler is not shown. Otherwise it is shown in
|
||
--- the last line of the screen. If the statusline is given by
|
||
--- 'statusline' (i.e. not empty), this option takes precedence over
|
||
--- 'ruler' and 'rulerformat'.
|
||
--- If the number of characters displayed is different from the number of
|
||
--- bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multibyte character), both
|
||
--- the text column (byte number) and the screen column are shown,
|
||
--- separated with a dash.
|
||
--- For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
|
||
--- For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: "0,0-1".
|
||
--- If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
|
||
--- you are, use "g CTRL-G" `g_CTRL-G`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.ruler = true
|
||
vim.o.ru = vim.o.ruler
|
||
vim.go.ruler = vim.o.ruler
|
||
vim.go.ru = vim.go.ruler
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
|
||
--- string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
|
||
--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The default ruler width is 17 characters. To make the ruler 15
|
||
--- characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set rulerformat=%15(%c%V\ %p%%%)
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.rulerformat = ""
|
||
vim.o.ruf = vim.o.rulerformat
|
||
vim.go.rulerformat = vim.o.rulerformat
|
||
vim.go.ruf = vim.go.rulerformat
|
||
|
||
--- List of directories to be searched for these runtime files:
|
||
--- filetype.lua filetypes `new-filetype`
|
||
--- autoload/ automatically loaded scripts `autoload-functions`
|
||
--- colors/ color scheme files `:colorscheme`
|
||
--- compiler/ compiler files `:compiler`
|
||
--- doc/ documentation `write-local-help`
|
||
--- ftplugin/ filetype plugins `write-filetype-plugin`
|
||
--- indent/ indent scripts `indent-expression`
|
||
--- keymap/ key mapping files `mbyte-keymap`
|
||
--- lang/ menu translations `:menutrans`
|
||
--- lua/ `Lua` plugins
|
||
--- menu.vim GUI menus `menu.vim`
|
||
--- pack/ packages `:packadd`
|
||
--- parser/ `treesitter` syntax parsers
|
||
--- plugin/ plugin scripts `write-plugin`
|
||
--- queries/ `treesitter` queries
|
||
--- rplugin/ `remote-plugin` scripts
|
||
--- spell/ spell checking files `spell`
|
||
--- syntax/ syntax files `mysyntaxfile`
|
||
--- tutor/ tutorial files `:Tutor`
|
||
---
|
||
--- And any other file searched for with the `:runtime` command.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Defaults are setup to search these locations:
|
||
--- 1. Your home directory, for personal preferences.
|
||
--- Given by `stdpath("config")`. `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME`
|
||
--- 2. Directories which must contain configuration files according to
|
||
--- `xdg` ($XDG_CONFIG_DIRS, defaults to /etc/xdg). This also contains
|
||
--- preferences from system administrator.
|
||
--- 3. Data home directory, for plugins installed by user.
|
||
--- Given by `stdpath("data")/site`. `$XDG_DATA_HOME`
|
||
--- 4. nvim/site subdirectories for each directory in $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
|
||
--- This is for plugins which were installed by system administrator,
|
||
--- but are not part of the Nvim distribution. XDG_DATA_DIRS defaults
|
||
--- to /usr/local/share/:/usr/share/, so system administrators are
|
||
--- expected to install site plugins to /usr/share/nvim/site.
|
||
--- 5. Session state directory, for state data such as swap, backupdir,
|
||
--- viewdir, undodir, etc.
|
||
--- Given by `stdpath("state")`. `$XDG_STATE_HOME`
|
||
--- 6. $VIMRUNTIME, for files distributed with Nvim.
|
||
--- *after-directory*
|
||
--- 7, 8, 9, 10. In after/ subdirectories of 1, 2, 3 and 4, with reverse
|
||
--- ordering. This is for preferences to overrule or add to the
|
||
--- distributed defaults or system-wide settings (rarely needed).
|
||
---
|
||
--- *packages-runtimepath*
|
||
--- "start" packages will also be searched (`runtime-search-path`) for
|
||
--- runtime files after these, though such packages are not explicitly
|
||
--- reported in &runtimepath. But "opt" packages are explicitly added to
|
||
--- &runtimepath by `:packadd`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed. Normal
|
||
--- wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
|
||
--- runtime files. For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
|
||
--- wildcards.
|
||
--- See `:runtime`.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set runtimepath=~/vimruntime,/mygroup/vim,$VIMRUNTIME
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will use the directory "~/vimruntime" first (containing your
|
||
--- personal Nvim runtime files), then "/mygroup/vim", and finally
|
||
--- "$VIMRUNTIME" (the default runtime files).
|
||
--- You can put a directory before $VIMRUNTIME to find files which replace
|
||
--- distributed runtime files. You can put a directory after $VIMRUNTIME
|
||
--- to find files which add to distributed runtime files.
|
||
---
|
||
--- With `--clean` the home directory entries are not included.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.runtimepath = "..."
|
||
vim.o.rtp = vim.o.runtimepath
|
||
vim.go.runtimepath = vim.o.runtimepath
|
||
vim.go.rtp = vim.go.runtimepath
|
||
|
||
--- Number of lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D commands. Will be
|
||
--- set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size
|
||
--- changes. This may happen when enabling the `status-line` or
|
||
--- 'tabline' option after setting the 'scroll' option.
|
||
--- If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
|
||
--- be used as the new value for 'scroll'. Reset to half the window
|
||
--- height with ":set scroll=0".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.scroll = 0
|
||
vim.o.scr = vim.o.scroll
|
||
vim.wo.scroll = vim.o.scroll
|
||
vim.wo.scr = vim.wo.scroll
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum number of lines kept beyond the visible screen. Lines at the
|
||
--- top are deleted if new lines exceed this limit.
|
||
--- Minimum is 1, maximum is 100000.
|
||
--- Only in `terminal` buffers.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note: Lines that are not visible and kept in scrollback are not
|
||
--- reflown when the terminal buffer is resized horizontally.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.scrollback = -1
|
||
vim.o.scbk = vim.o.scrollback
|
||
vim.bo.scrollback = vim.o.scrollback
|
||
vim.bo.scbk = vim.bo.scrollback
|
||
|
||
--- See also `scroll-binding`. When this option is set, scrolling the
|
||
--- current window also scrolls other scrollbind windows (windows that
|
||
--- also have this option set). This option is useful for viewing the
|
||
--- differences between two versions of a file, see 'diff'.
|
||
--- See `'scrollopt'` for options that determine how this option should be
|
||
--- interpreted.
|
||
--- This option is mostly reset when splitting a window to edit another
|
||
--- file. This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
|
||
--- with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.scrollbind = false
|
||
vim.o.scb = vim.o.scrollbind
|
||
vim.wo.scrollbind = vim.o.scrollbind
|
||
vim.wo.scb = vim.wo.scrollbind
|
||
|
||
--- Minimal number of lines to scroll when the cursor gets off the
|
||
--- screen (e.g., with "j"). Not used for scroll commands (e.g., CTRL-E,
|
||
--- CTRL-D). Useful if your terminal scrolls very slowly.
|
||
--- When set to a negative number from -1 to -100 this is used as the
|
||
--- percentage of the window height. Thus -50 scrolls half the window
|
||
--- height.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.scrolljump = 1
|
||
vim.o.sj = vim.o.scrolljump
|
||
vim.go.scrolljump = vim.o.scrolljump
|
||
vim.go.sj = vim.go.scrolljump
|
||
|
||
--- Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
|
||
--- This will make some context visible around where you are working. If
|
||
--- you set it to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
|
||
--- in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file or
|
||
--- when long lines wrap).
|
||
--- After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
|
||
--- these two:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- setlocal scrolloff<
|
||
--- setlocal scrolloff=-1
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.scrolloff = 0
|
||
vim.o.so = vim.o.scrolloff
|
||
vim.wo.scrolloff = vim.o.scrolloff
|
||
vim.wo.so = vim.wo.scrolloff
|
||
vim.go.scrolloff = vim.o.scrolloff
|
||
vim.go.so = vim.go.scrolloff
|
||
|
||
--- This is a comma-separated list of words that specifies how
|
||
--- 'scrollbind' windows should behave. 'sbo' stands for ScrollBind
|
||
--- Options.
|
||
--- The following words are available:
|
||
--- ver Bind vertical scrolling for 'scrollbind' windows
|
||
--- hor Bind horizontal scrolling for 'scrollbind' windows
|
||
--- jump Applies to the offset between two windows for vertical
|
||
--- scrolling. This offset is the difference in the first
|
||
--- displayed line of the bound windows. When moving
|
||
--- around in a window, another 'scrollbind' window may
|
||
--- reach a position before the start or after the end of
|
||
--- the buffer. The offset is not changed though, when
|
||
--- moving back the 'scrollbind' window will try to scroll
|
||
--- to the desired position when possible.
|
||
--- When now making that window the current one, two
|
||
--- things can be done with the relative offset:
|
||
--- 1. When "jump" is not included, the relative offset is
|
||
--- adjusted for the scroll position in the new current
|
||
--- window. When going back to the other window, the
|
||
--- new relative offset will be used.
|
||
--- 2. When "jump" is included, the other windows are
|
||
--- scrolled to keep the same relative offset. When
|
||
--- going back to the other window, it still uses the
|
||
--- same relative offset.
|
||
--- Also see `scroll-binding`.
|
||
--- When 'diff' mode is active there always is vertical scroll binding,
|
||
--- even when "ver" isn't there.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.scrollopt = "ver,jump"
|
||
vim.o.sbo = vim.o.scrollopt
|
||
vim.go.scrollopt = vim.o.scrollopt
|
||
vim.go.sbo = vim.go.scrollopt
|
||
|
||
--- Specifies the nroff macros that separate sections. These are pairs of
|
||
--- two letters (See `object-motions`). The default makes a section start
|
||
--- at the nroff macros ".SH", ".NH", ".H", ".HU", ".nh" and ".sh".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.sections = "SHNHH HUnhsh"
|
||
vim.o.sect = vim.o.sections
|
||
vim.go.sections = vim.o.sections
|
||
vim.go.sect = vim.go.sections
|
||
|
||
--- This option defines the behavior of the selection. It is only used
|
||
--- in Visual and Select mode.
|
||
--- Possible values:
|
||
--- value past line inclusive ~
|
||
--- old no yes
|
||
--- inclusive yes yes
|
||
--- exclusive yes no
|
||
--- "past line" means that the cursor is allowed to be positioned one
|
||
--- character past the line.
|
||
--- "inclusive" means that the last character of the selection is included
|
||
--- in an operation. For example, when "x" is used to delete the
|
||
--- selection.
|
||
--- When "old" is used and 'virtualedit' allows the cursor to move past
|
||
--- the end of line the line break still isn't included.
|
||
--- Note that when "exclusive" is used and selecting from the end
|
||
--- backwards, you cannot include the last character of a line, when
|
||
--- starting in Normal mode and 'virtualedit' empty.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.selection = "inclusive"
|
||
vim.o.sel = vim.o.selection
|
||
vim.go.selection = vim.o.selection
|
||
vim.go.sel = vim.go.selection
|
||
|
||
--- This is a comma-separated list of words, which specifies when to start
|
||
--- Select mode instead of Visual mode, when a selection is started.
|
||
--- Possible values:
|
||
--- mouse when using the mouse
|
||
--- key when using shifted special keys
|
||
--- cmd when using "v", "V" or CTRL-V
|
||
--- See `Select-mode`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.selectmode = ""
|
||
vim.o.slm = vim.o.selectmode
|
||
vim.go.selectmode = vim.o.selectmode
|
||
vim.go.slm = vim.go.selectmode
|
||
|
||
--- Changes the effect of the `:mksession` command. It is a comma-
|
||
--- separated list of words. Each word enables saving and restoring
|
||
--- something:
|
||
--- word save and restore ~
|
||
--- blank empty windows
|
||
--- buffers hidden and unloaded buffers, not just those in windows
|
||
--- curdir the current directory
|
||
--- folds manually created folds, opened/closed folds and local
|
||
--- fold options
|
||
--- globals global variables that start with an uppercase letter
|
||
--- and contain at least one lowercase letter. Only
|
||
--- String and Number types are stored.
|
||
--- help the help window
|
||
--- localoptions options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
|
||
--- global values for local options)
|
||
--- options all options and mappings (also global values for local
|
||
--- options)
|
||
--- skiprtp exclude 'runtimepath' and 'packpath' from the options
|
||
--- resize size of the Vim window: 'lines' and 'columns'
|
||
--- sesdir the directory in which the session file is located
|
||
--- will become the current directory (useful with
|
||
--- projects accessed over a network from different
|
||
--- systems)
|
||
--- tabpages all tab pages; without this only the current tab page
|
||
--- is restored, so that you can make a session for each
|
||
--- tab page separately
|
||
--- terminal include terminal windows where the command can be
|
||
--- restored
|
||
--- winpos position of the whole Vim window
|
||
--- winsize window sizes
|
||
--- slash `deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "/" in filenames.
|
||
--- unix `deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "\n" line endings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir". When neither is included
|
||
--- filenames are stored as absolute paths.
|
||
--- If you leave out "options" many things won't work well after restoring
|
||
--- the session.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.sessionoptions = "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,tabpages,winsize,terminal"
|
||
vim.o.ssop = vim.o.sessionoptions
|
||
vim.go.sessionoptions = vim.o.sessionoptions
|
||
vim.go.ssop = vim.go.sessionoptions
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty, the shada file is read upon startup and written
|
||
--- when exiting Vim (see `shada-file`). The string should be a comma-
|
||
--- separated list of parameters, each consisting of a single character
|
||
--- identifying the particular parameter, followed by a number or string
|
||
--- which specifies the value of that parameter. If a particular
|
||
--- character is left out, then the default value is used for that
|
||
--- parameter. The following is a list of the identifying characters and
|
||
--- the effect of their value.
|
||
--- CHAR VALUE ~
|
||
--- *shada-!*
|
||
--- ! When included, save and restore global variables that start
|
||
--- with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
|
||
--- letter. Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
|
||
--- and "_K_L_M" are not. Nested List and Dict items may not be
|
||
--- read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
|
||
--- *shada-quote*
|
||
--- " Maximum number of lines saved for each register. Old name of
|
||
--- the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
|
||
--- backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
|
||
--- start of a comment!
|
||
--- *shada-%*
|
||
--- % When included, save and restore the buffer list. If Vim is
|
||
--- started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
|
||
--- restored. If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
|
||
--- buffer list is restored from the shada file. Quickfix
|
||
--- ('buftype'), unlisted ('buflisted'), unnamed and buffers on
|
||
--- removable media (`shada-r`) are not saved.
|
||
--- When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
|
||
--- number of buffers that are stored. Without a number all
|
||
--- buffers are stored.
|
||
--- *shada-'*
|
||
--- ' Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
|
||
--- are remembered. This parameter must always be included when
|
||
--- 'shada' is non-empty.
|
||
--- Including this item also means that the `jumplist` and the
|
||
--- `changelist` are stored in the shada file.
|
||
--- *shada-/*
|
||
--- / Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
|
||
--- saved. If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
|
||
--- patterns are also saved. When not included, the value of
|
||
--- 'history' is used.
|
||
--- *shada-:*
|
||
--- : Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
|
||
--- saved. When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
|
||
--- *shada-<*
|
||
--- \< Maximum number of lines saved for each register. If zero then
|
||
--- registers are not saved. When not included, all lines are
|
||
--- saved. '"' is the old name for this item.
|
||
--- Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in KiB.
|
||
--- *shada-@*
|
||
--- @ Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
|
||
--- saved. When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
|
||
--- *shada-c*
|
||
--- c Dummy option, kept for compatibility reasons. Has no actual
|
||
--- effect: ShaDa always uses UTF-8 and 'encoding' value is fixed
|
||
--- to UTF-8 as well.
|
||
--- *shada-f*
|
||
--- f Whether file marks need to be stored. If zero, file marks ('0
|
||
--- to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored. When not present or when
|
||
--- non-zero, they are all stored. '0 is used for the current
|
||
--- cursor position (when exiting or when doing `:wshada`).
|
||
--- *shada-h*
|
||
--- h Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the shada
|
||
--- file. When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
|
||
--- has been used since the last search command.
|
||
--- *shada-n*
|
||
--- n Name of the shada file. The name must immediately follow
|
||
--- the 'n'. Must be at the end of the option! If the
|
||
--- 'shadafile' option is set, that file name overrides the one
|
||
--- given here with 'shada'. Environment variables are
|
||
--- expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
|
||
--- *shada-r*
|
||
--- r Removable media. The argument is a string (up to the next
|
||
--- ','). This parameter can be given several times. Each
|
||
--- specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
|
||
--- stored. This is to avoid removable media. For Windows you
|
||
--- could use "ra:,rb:". You can also use it for temp files,
|
||
--- e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp". Case is ignored.
|
||
--- *shada-s*
|
||
--- s Maximum size of an item contents in KiB. If zero then nothing
|
||
--- is saved. Unlike Vim this applies to all items, except for
|
||
--- the buffer list and header. Full item size is off by three
|
||
--- unsigned integers: with `s10` maximum item size may be 1 byte
|
||
--- (type: 7-bit integer) + 9 bytes (timestamp: up to 64-bit
|
||
--- integer) + 3 bytes (item size: up to 16-bit integer because
|
||
--- 2^8 < 10240 < 2^16) + 10240 bytes (requested maximum item
|
||
--- contents size) = 10253 bytes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set shada='50,<1000,s100,:0,n~/nvim/shada
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- '50 Marks will be remembered for the last 50 files you
|
||
--- edited.
|
||
--- <1000 Contents of registers (up to 1000 lines each) will be
|
||
--- remembered.
|
||
--- s100 Items with contents occupying more then 100 KiB are
|
||
--- skipped.
|
||
--- :0 Command-line history will not be saved.
|
||
--- n~/nvim/shada The name of the file to use is "~/nvim/shada".
|
||
--- no / Since '/' is not specified, the default will be used,
|
||
--- that is, save all of the search history, and also the
|
||
--- previous search and substitute patterns.
|
||
--- no % The buffer list will not be saved nor read back.
|
||
--- no h 'hlsearch' highlighting will be restored.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When setting 'shada' from an empty value you can use `:rshada` to
|
||
--- load the contents of the file, this is not done automatically.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shada = "!,'100,<50,s10,h"
|
||
vim.o.sd = vim.o.shada
|
||
vim.go.shada = vim.o.shada
|
||
vim.go.sd = vim.go.shada
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty, overrides the file name used for `shada` (viminfo).
|
||
--- When equal to "NONE" no shada file will be read or written.
|
||
--- This option can be set with the `-i` command line flag. The `--clean`
|
||
--- command line flag sets it to "NONE".
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shadafile = ""
|
||
vim.o.sdf = vim.o.shadafile
|
||
vim.go.shadafile = vim.o.shadafile
|
||
vim.go.sdf = vim.go.shadafile
|
||
|
||
--- Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands. When changing the
|
||
--- value also check these options: 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
|
||
--- 'shellredir', 'shellquote', 'shellxquote' and 'shellcmdflag'.
|
||
--- It is allowed to give an argument to the command, e.g. "csh -f".
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
|
||
--- quotes. Example with quotes:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
|
||
--- each space (to avoid ending the option value), so better use `:let-&`
|
||
--- like this:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :let &shell='"C:\Program Files\unix\sh.exe" -f'
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Also note that the "-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not
|
||
--- part of the command name.
|
||
--- *shell-unquoting*
|
||
--- Rules regarding quotes:
|
||
--- 1. Option is split on space and tab characters that are not inside
|
||
--- quotes: "abc def" runs shell named "abc" with additional argument
|
||
--- "def", '"abc def"' runs shell named "abc def" with no additional
|
||
--- arguments (here and below: additional means “additional to
|
||
--- 'shellcmdflag'”).
|
||
--- 2. Quotes in option may be present in any position and any number:
|
||
--- '"abc"', '"a"bc', 'a"b"c', 'ab"c"' and '"a"b"c"' are all equivalent
|
||
--- to just "abc".
|
||
--- 3. Inside quotes backslash preceding backslash means one backslash.
|
||
--- Backslash preceding quote means one quote. Backslash preceding
|
||
--- anything else means backslash and next character literally:
|
||
--- '"a\\b"' is the same as "a\b", '"a\\"b"' runs shell named literally
|
||
--- 'a"b', '"a\b"' is the same as "a\b" again.
|
||
--- 4. Outside of quotes backslash always means itself, it cannot be used
|
||
--- to escape quote: 'a\"b"' is the same as "a\b".
|
||
--- Note that such processing is done after `:set` did its own round of
|
||
--- unescaping, so to keep yourself sane use `:let-&` like shown above.
|
||
--- *shell-powershell*
|
||
--- To use PowerShell:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- let &shell = executable('pwsh') ? 'pwsh' : 'powershell'
|
||
--- let &shellcmdflag = '-NoLogo -ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned -Command [Console]::InputEncoding=[Console]::OutputEncoding=[System.Text.UTF8Encoding]::new();$PSDefaultParameterValues[''Out-File:Encoding'']=''utf8'';Remove-Alias -Force -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue tee;'
|
||
--- let &shellredir = '2>&1 | %%{ "$_" } | Out-File %s; exit $LastExitCode'
|
||
--- let &shellpipe = '2>&1 | %%{ "$_" } | tee %s; exit $LastExitCode'
|
||
--- set shellquote= shellxquote=
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shell = "sh"
|
||
vim.o.sh = vim.o.shell
|
||
vim.go.shell = vim.o.shell
|
||
vim.go.sh = vim.go.shell
|
||
|
||
--- Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
|
||
--- `bash.exe -c ls` or `cmd.exe /s /c "dir"`. For MS-Windows, the
|
||
--- default is set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need
|
||
--- to set this option by the user.
|
||
--- On Unix it can have more than one flag. Each white space separated
|
||
--- part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
|
||
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- See `shell-unquoting` which talks about separating this option into
|
||
--- multiple arguments.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shellcmdflag = "-c"
|
||
vim.o.shcf = vim.o.shellcmdflag
|
||
vim.go.shellcmdflag = vim.o.shellcmdflag
|
||
vim.go.shcf = vim.go.shellcmdflag
|
||
|
||
--- String to be used to put the output of the ":make" command in the
|
||
--- error file. See also `:make_makeprg`. See `option-backslash` about
|
||
--- including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
|
||
--- (the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
|
||
--- of this option).
|
||
--- For MS-Windows the default is "2>&1| tee". The stdout and stderr are
|
||
--- saved in a file and echoed to the screen.
|
||
--- For Unix the default is "| tee". The stdout of the compiler is saved
|
||
--- in a file and echoed to the screen. If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
|
||
--- "tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee". If the
|
||
--- 'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
|
||
--- "bash", "fish", "ash" or "dash" the default becomes "2>&1| tee". This
|
||
--- means that stderr is also included. Before using the 'shell' option a
|
||
--- path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
|
||
--- The initialization of this option is done after reading the vimrc
|
||
--- and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
|
||
--- there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
|
||
--- explicitly set before.
|
||
--- When 'shellpipe' is set to an empty string, no redirection of the
|
||
--- ":make" output will be done. This is useful if you use a 'makeprg'
|
||
--- that writes to 'makeef' by itself. If you want no piping, but do
|
||
--- want to include the 'makeef', set 'shellpipe' to a single space.
|
||
--- Don't forget to precede the space with a backslash: ":set sp=\ ".
|
||
--- In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
|
||
--- become obsolete (at least for Unix).
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shellpipe = "| tee"
|
||
vim.o.sp = vim.o.shellpipe
|
||
vim.go.shellpipe = vim.o.shellpipe
|
||
vim.go.sp = vim.go.shellpipe
|
||
|
||
--- Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
|
||
--- the "!" and ":!" commands. The redirection is kept outside of the
|
||
--- quoting. See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection. It's
|
||
--- probably not useful to set both options.
|
||
--- This is an empty string by default. Only known to be useful for
|
||
--- third-party shells on Windows systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
|
||
--- or bash, where it should be "\"". The default is adjusted according
|
||
--- the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
|
||
--- user.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shellquote = ""
|
||
vim.o.shq = vim.o.shellquote
|
||
vim.go.shellquote = vim.o.shellquote
|
||
vim.go.shq = vim.go.shellquote
|
||
|
||
--- String to be used to put the output of a filter command in a temporary
|
||
--- file. See also `:!`. See `option-backslash` about including spaces
|
||
--- and backslashes.
|
||
--- The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
|
||
--- (the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
|
||
--- of this option).
|
||
--- The default is ">". For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
|
||
--- "tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&". If the
|
||
--- 'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
|
||
--- "bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1". This means that
|
||
--- stderr is also included. For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
|
||
--- additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
|
||
--- Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
|
||
--- The initialization of this option is done after reading the vimrc
|
||
--- and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
|
||
--- there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
|
||
--- explicitly set before.
|
||
--- In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
|
||
--- become obsolete (at least for Unix).
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shellredir = ">"
|
||
vim.o.srr = vim.o.shellredir
|
||
vim.go.shellredir = vim.o.shellredir
|
||
vim.go.srr = vim.go.shellredir
|
||
|
||
--- only for MS-Windows
|
||
--- When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names. This is
|
||
--- useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe. Backward
|
||
--- slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
|
||
--- Vim.
|
||
--- Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
|
||
--- existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
|
||
--- any file for best results. This might change in the future.
|
||
--- 'shellslash' only works when a backslash can be used as a path
|
||
--- separator. To test if this is so use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- if exists('+shellslash')
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Also see 'completeslash'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.shellslash = false
|
||
vim.o.ssl = vim.o.shellslash
|
||
vim.go.shellslash = vim.o.shellslash
|
||
vim.go.ssl = vim.go.shellslash
|
||
|
||
--- When on, use temp files for shell commands. When off use a pipe.
|
||
--- When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
|
||
--- The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
|
||
--- and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
|
||
--- The advantage of using a temp file is that the file type and encoding
|
||
--- can be detected.
|
||
--- The `FilterReadPre`, `FilterReadPost` and `FilterWritePre|,
|
||
--- |FilterWritePost` autocommands event are not triggered when
|
||
--- 'shelltemp' is off.
|
||
--- `system()` does not respect this option, it always uses pipes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.shelltemp = true
|
||
vim.o.stmp = vim.o.shelltemp
|
||
vim.go.shelltemp = vim.o.shelltemp
|
||
vim.go.stmp = vim.go.shelltemp
|
||
|
||
--- When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
|
||
--- option will be escaped with a '^' character. This makes it possible
|
||
--- to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shellxescape = ""
|
||
vim.o.sxe = vim.o.shellxescape
|
||
vim.go.shellxescape = vim.o.shellxescape
|
||
vim.go.sxe = vim.go.shellxescape
|
||
|
||
--- Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
|
||
--- the "!" and ":!" commands. Includes the redirection. See
|
||
--- 'shellquote' to exclude the redirection. It's probably not useful
|
||
--- to set both options.
|
||
--- When the value is '(' then ')' is appended. When the value is '"('
|
||
--- then ')"' is appended.
|
||
--- When the value is '(' then also see 'shellxescape'.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shellxquote = ""
|
||
vim.o.sxq = vim.o.shellxquote
|
||
vim.go.shellxquote = vim.o.shellxquote
|
||
vim.go.sxq = vim.go.shellxquote
|
||
|
||
--- Round indent to multiple of 'shiftwidth'. Applies to > and <
|
||
--- commands. CTRL-T and CTRL-D in Insert mode always round the indent to
|
||
--- a multiple of 'shiftwidth' (this is Vi compatible).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.shiftround = false
|
||
vim.o.sr = vim.o.shiftround
|
||
vim.go.shiftround = vim.o.shiftround
|
||
vim.go.sr = vim.go.shiftround
|
||
|
||
--- Number of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent. Used for
|
||
--- `'cindent'`, `>>`, `<<`, etc.
|
||
--- When zero the 'tabstop' value will be used. Use the `shiftwidth()`
|
||
--- function to get the effective shiftwidth value.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.shiftwidth = 8
|
||
vim.o.sw = vim.o.shiftwidth
|
||
vim.bo.shiftwidth = vim.o.shiftwidth
|
||
vim.bo.sw = vim.bo.shiftwidth
|
||
|
||
--- This option helps to avoid all the `hit-enter` prompts caused by file
|
||
--- messages, for example with CTRL-G, and to avoid some other messages.
|
||
--- It is a list of flags:
|
||
--- flag meaning when present ~
|
||
--- l use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes" *shm-l*
|
||
--- m use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]" *shm-m*
|
||
--- r use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]" *shm-r*
|
||
--- w use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message *shm-w*
|
||
--- and "[a]" instead of "appended" for ':w >> file' command
|
||
--- a all of the above abbreviations *shm-a*
|
||
---
|
||
--- o overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent *shm-o*
|
||
--- message for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when
|
||
--- 'autowrite' on)
|
||
--- O message for reading a file overwrites any previous *shm-O*
|
||
--- message; also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
|
||
--- s don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or *shm-s*
|
||
--- "search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
|
||
--- the search count do not show "W" after the count message (see
|
||
--- S below)
|
||
--- t truncate file message at the start if it is too long *shm-t*
|
||
--- to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
|
||
--- column; ignored in Ex mode
|
||
--- T truncate other messages in the middle if they are too *shm-T*
|
||
--- long to fit on the command line; "..." will appear in the
|
||
--- middle; ignored in Ex mode
|
||
--- W don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file *shm-W*
|
||
--- A don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing *shm-A*
|
||
--- swap file is found
|
||
--- I don't give the intro message when starting Vim, *shm-I*
|
||
--- see `:intro`
|
||
--- c don't give `ins-completion-menu` messages; for *shm-c*
|
||
--- example, "-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only
|
||
--- match", "Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
|
||
--- C don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion *shm-C*
|
||
--- items, for instance "scanning tags"
|
||
--- q use "recording" instead of "recording @a" *shm-q*
|
||
--- F don't give the file info when editing a file, like *shm-F*
|
||
--- `:silent` was used for the command
|
||
--- S do not show search count message when searching, e.g. *shm-S*
|
||
--- "[1/5]"
|
||
---
|
||
--- This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
|
||
--- requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
|
||
--- possible for the space available. To get the whole message that you
|
||
--- would have got with 'shm' empty, use ":file!"
|
||
--- Useful values:
|
||
--- shm= No abbreviation of message.
|
||
--- shm=a Abbreviation, but no loss of information.
|
||
--- shm=at Abbreviation, and truncate message when necessary.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.shortmess = "ltToOCF"
|
||
vim.o.shm = vim.o.shortmess
|
||
vim.go.shortmess = vim.o.shortmess
|
||
vim.go.shm = vim.go.shortmess
|
||
|
||
--- String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped. Useful
|
||
--- values are "> " or "+++ ":
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :let &showbreak = "> "
|
||
--- :let &showbreak = '+++ '
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Only printable single-cell characters are allowed, excluding <Tab> and
|
||
--- comma (in a future version the comma might be used to separate the
|
||
--- part that is shown at the end and at the start of a line).
|
||
--- The `hl-NonText` highlight group determines the highlighting.
|
||
--- Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
|
||
--- If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
|
||
--- "n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
|
||
--- A window-local value overrules a global value. If the global value is
|
||
--- set and you want no value in the current window use NONE:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :setlocal showbreak=NONE
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.showbreak = ""
|
||
vim.o.sbr = vim.o.showbreak
|
||
vim.wo.showbreak = vim.o.showbreak
|
||
vim.wo.sbr = vim.wo.showbreak
|
||
vim.go.showbreak = vim.o.showbreak
|
||
vim.go.sbr = vim.go.showbreak
|
||
|
||
--- Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen. Set this
|
||
--- option off if your terminal is slow.
|
||
--- In Visual mode the size of the selected area is shown:
|
||
--- - When selecting characters within a line, the number of characters.
|
||
--- If the number of bytes is different it is also displayed: "2-6"
|
||
--- means two characters and six bytes.
|
||
--- - When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
|
||
--- - When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
|
||
--- {lines}x{columns}.
|
||
--- This information can be displayed in an alternative location using the
|
||
--- 'showcmdloc' option, useful when 'cmdheight' is 0.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.showcmd = true
|
||
vim.o.sc = vim.o.showcmd
|
||
vim.go.showcmd = vim.o.showcmd
|
||
vim.go.sc = vim.go.showcmd
|
||
|
||
--- This option can be used to display the (partially) entered command in
|
||
--- another location. Possible values are:
|
||
--- last Last line of the screen (default).
|
||
--- statusline Status line of the current window.
|
||
--- tabline First line of the screen if 'showtabline' is enabled.
|
||
--- Setting this option to "statusline" or "tabline" means that these will
|
||
--- be redrawn whenever the command changes, which can be on every key
|
||
--- pressed.
|
||
--- The %S 'statusline' item can be used in 'statusline' or 'tabline' to
|
||
--- place the text. Without a custom 'statusline' or 'tabline' it will be
|
||
--- displayed in a convenient location.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.showcmdloc = "last"
|
||
vim.o.sloc = vim.o.showcmdloc
|
||
vim.go.showcmdloc = vim.o.showcmdloc
|
||
vim.go.sloc = vim.go.showcmdloc
|
||
|
||
--- When completing a word in insert mode (see `ins-completion`) from the
|
||
--- tags file, show both the tag name and a tidied-up form of the search
|
||
--- pattern (if there is one) as possible matches. Thus, if you have
|
||
--- matched a C function, you can see a template for what arguments are
|
||
--- required (coding style permitting).
|
||
--- Note that this doesn't work well together with having "longest" in
|
||
--- 'completeopt', because the completion from the search pattern may not
|
||
--- match the typed text.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.showfulltag = false
|
||
vim.o.sft = vim.o.showfulltag
|
||
vim.go.showfulltag = vim.o.showfulltag
|
||
vim.go.sft = vim.go.showfulltag
|
||
|
||
--- When a bracket is inserted, briefly jump to the matching one. The
|
||
--- jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen. The time to
|
||
--- show the match can be set with 'matchtime'.
|
||
--- A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
|
||
--- seen or not).
|
||
--- When the 'm' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', typing a character
|
||
--- will immediately move the cursor back to where it belongs.
|
||
--- See the "sm" field in 'guicursor' for setting the cursor shape and
|
||
--- blinking when showing the match.
|
||
--- The 'matchpairs' option can be used to specify the characters to show
|
||
--- matches for. 'rightleft' and 'revins' are used to look for opposite
|
||
--- matches.
|
||
--- Also see the matchparen plugin for highlighting the match when moving
|
||
--- around `pi_paren.txt`.
|
||
--- Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.showmatch = false
|
||
vim.o.sm = vim.o.showmatch
|
||
vim.go.showmatch = vim.o.showmatch
|
||
vim.go.sm = vim.go.showmatch
|
||
|
||
--- If in Insert, Replace or Visual mode put a message on the last line.
|
||
--- The `hl-ModeMsg` highlight group determines the highlighting.
|
||
--- The option has no effect when 'cmdheight' is zero.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.showmode = true
|
||
vim.o.smd = vim.o.showmode
|
||
vim.go.showmode = vim.o.showmode
|
||
vim.go.smd = vim.go.showmode
|
||
|
||
--- The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
|
||
--- will be displayed:
|
||
--- 0: never
|
||
--- 1: only if there are at least two tab pages
|
||
--- 2: always
|
||
--- This is both for the GUI and non-GUI implementation of the tab pages
|
||
--- line.
|
||
--- See `tab-page` for more information about tab pages.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.showtabline = 1
|
||
vim.o.stal = vim.o.showtabline
|
||
vim.go.showtabline = vim.o.showtabline
|
||
vim.go.stal = vim.go.showtabline
|
||
|
||
--- The minimal number of columns to scroll horizontally. Used only when
|
||
--- the 'wrap' option is off and the cursor is moved off of the screen.
|
||
--- When it is zero the cursor will be put in the middle of the screen.
|
||
--- When using a slow terminal set it to a large number or 0. Not used
|
||
--- for "zh" and "zl" commands.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.sidescroll = 1
|
||
vim.o.ss = vim.o.sidescroll
|
||
vim.go.sidescroll = vim.o.sidescroll
|
||
vim.go.ss = vim.go.sidescroll
|
||
|
||
--- The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
|
||
--- right of the cursor if 'nowrap' is set. Setting this option to a
|
||
--- value greater than 0 while having `'sidescroll'` also at a non-zero
|
||
--- value makes some context visible in the line you are scrolling in
|
||
--- horizontally (except at beginning of the line). Setting this option
|
||
--- to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
|
||
--- horizontally centered in the window, as long as one does not come too
|
||
--- close to the beginning of the line.
|
||
--- After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
|
||
--- these two:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- setlocal sidescrolloff<
|
||
--- setlocal sidescrolloff=-1
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as
|
||
--- in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
|
||
--- onto the "extends" character:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set nowrap sidescroll=1 listchars=extends:>,precedes:<
|
||
--- :set sidescrolloff=1
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.sidescrolloff = 0
|
||
vim.o.siso = vim.o.sidescrolloff
|
||
vim.wo.sidescrolloff = vim.o.sidescrolloff
|
||
vim.wo.siso = vim.wo.sidescrolloff
|
||
vim.go.sidescrolloff = vim.o.sidescrolloff
|
||
vim.go.siso = vim.go.sidescrolloff
|
||
|
||
--- When and how to draw the signcolumn. Valid values are:
|
||
--- "auto" only when there is a sign to display
|
||
--- "auto:[1-9]" resize to accommodate multiple signs up to the
|
||
--- given number (maximum 9), e.g. "auto:4"
|
||
--- "auto:[1-8]-[2-9]"
|
||
--- resize to accommodate multiple signs up to the
|
||
--- given maximum number (maximum 9) while keeping
|
||
--- at least the given minimum (maximum 8) fixed
|
||
--- space. The minimum number should always be less
|
||
--- than the maximum number, e.g. "auto:2-5"
|
||
--- "no" never
|
||
--- "yes" always
|
||
--- "yes:[1-9]" always, with fixed space for signs up to the given
|
||
--- number (maximum 9), e.g. "yes:3"
|
||
--- "number" display signs in the 'number' column. If the number
|
||
--- column is not present, then behaves like "auto".
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note regarding "orphaned signs": with signcolumn numbers higher than
|
||
--- 1, deleting lines will also remove the associated signs automatically,
|
||
--- in contrast to the default Vim behavior of keeping and grouping them.
|
||
--- This is done in order for the signcolumn appearance not appear weird
|
||
--- during line deletion.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.signcolumn = "auto"
|
||
vim.o.scl = vim.o.signcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.signcolumn = vim.o.signcolumn
|
||
vim.wo.scl = vim.wo.signcolumn
|
||
|
||
--- Override the 'ignorecase' option if the search pattern contains upper
|
||
--- case characters. Only used when the search pattern is typed and
|
||
--- 'ignorecase' option is on. Used for the commands "/", "?", "n", "N",
|
||
--- ":g" and ":s". Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc. After
|
||
--- "*" and "#" you can make 'smartcase' used by doing a "/" command,
|
||
--- recalling the search pattern from history and hitting <Enter>.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.smartcase = false
|
||
vim.o.scs = vim.o.smartcase
|
||
vim.go.smartcase = vim.o.smartcase
|
||
vim.go.scs = vim.go.smartcase
|
||
|
||
--- Do smart autoindenting when starting a new line. Works for C-like
|
||
--- programs, but can also be used for other languages. 'cindent' does
|
||
--- something like this, works better in most cases, but is more strict,
|
||
--- see `C-indenting`. When 'cindent' is on or 'indentexpr' is set,
|
||
--- setting 'si' has no effect. 'indentexpr' is a more advanced
|
||
--- alternative.
|
||
--- Normally 'autoindent' should also be on when using 'smartindent'.
|
||
--- An indent is automatically inserted:
|
||
--- - After a line ending in "{".
|
||
--- - After a line starting with a keyword from 'cinwords'.
|
||
--- - Before a line starting with "}" (only with the "O" command).
|
||
--- When typing '}' as the first character in a new line, that line is
|
||
--- given the same indent as the matching "{".
|
||
--- When typing '#' as the first character in a new line, the indent for
|
||
--- that line is removed, the '#' is put in the first column. The indent
|
||
--- is restored for the next line. If you don't want this, use this
|
||
--- mapping: ":inoremap # X^H#", where ^H is entered with CTRL-V CTRL-H.
|
||
--- When using the ">>" command, lines starting with '#' are not shifted
|
||
--- right.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.smartindent = false
|
||
vim.o.si = vim.o.smartindent
|
||
vim.bo.smartindent = vim.o.smartindent
|
||
vim.bo.si = vim.bo.smartindent
|
||
|
||
--- When on, a <Tab> in front of a line inserts blanks according to
|
||
--- 'shiftwidth'. 'tabstop' or 'softtabstop' is used in other places. A
|
||
--- <BS> will delete a 'shiftwidth' worth of space at the start of the
|
||
--- line.
|
||
--- When off, a <Tab> always inserts blanks according to 'tabstop' or
|
||
--- 'softtabstop'. 'shiftwidth' is only used for shifting text left or
|
||
--- right `shift-left-right`.
|
||
--- What gets inserted (a <Tab> or spaces) depends on the 'expandtab'
|
||
--- option. Also see `ins-expandtab`. When 'expandtab' is not set, the
|
||
--- number of spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.smarttab = true
|
||
vim.o.sta = vim.o.smarttab
|
||
vim.go.smarttab = vim.o.smarttab
|
||
vim.go.sta = vim.go.smarttab
|
||
|
||
--- Scrolling works with screen lines. When 'wrap' is set and the first
|
||
--- line in the window wraps part of it may not be visible, as if it is
|
||
--- above the window. "<<<" is displayed at the start of the first line,
|
||
--- highlighted with `hl-NonText`.
|
||
--- You may also want to add "lastline" to the 'display' option to show as
|
||
--- much of the last line as possible.
|
||
--- NOTE: only partly implemented, currently works with CTRL-E, CTRL-Y
|
||
--- and scrolling with the mouse.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.smoothscroll = false
|
||
vim.o.sms = vim.o.smoothscroll
|
||
vim.wo.smoothscroll = vim.o.smoothscroll
|
||
vim.wo.sms = vim.wo.smoothscroll
|
||
|
||
--- Number of spaces that a <Tab> counts for while performing editing
|
||
--- operations, like inserting a <Tab> or using <BS>. It "feels" like
|
||
--- <Tab>s are being inserted, while in fact a mix of spaces and <Tab>s is
|
||
--- used. This is useful to keep the 'ts' setting at its standard value
|
||
--- of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'. However,
|
||
--- commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
|
||
--- When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
|
||
--- When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
|
||
--- See also `ins-expandtab`. When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
|
||
--- spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
|
||
--- The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' changes how tabs are used when 'list' is
|
||
--- set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The value of 'softtabstop' will be ignored if `'varsofttabstop'` is set
|
||
--- to anything other than an empty string.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.softtabstop = 0
|
||
vim.o.sts = vim.o.softtabstop
|
||
vim.bo.softtabstop = vim.o.softtabstop
|
||
vim.bo.sts = vim.bo.softtabstop
|
||
|
||
--- When on spell checking will be done. See `spell`.
|
||
--- The languages are specified with 'spelllang'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.spell = false
|
||
vim.wo.spell = vim.o.spell
|
||
|
||
--- Pattern to locate the end of a sentence. The following word will be
|
||
--- checked to start with a capital letter. If not then it is highlighted
|
||
--- with SpellCap `hl-SpellCap` (unless the word is also badly spelled).
|
||
--- When this check is not wanted make this option empty.
|
||
--- Only used when 'spell' is set.
|
||
--- Be careful with special characters, see `option-backslash` about
|
||
--- including spaces and backslashes.
|
||
--- To set this option automatically depending on the language, see
|
||
--- `set-spc-auto`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.spellcapcheck = "[.?!]\\_[\\])'\"\\t ]\\+"
|
||
vim.o.spc = vim.o.spellcapcheck
|
||
vim.bo.spellcapcheck = vim.o.spellcapcheck
|
||
vim.bo.spc = vim.bo.spellcapcheck
|
||
|
||
--- Name of the word list file where words are added for the `zg` and `zw`
|
||
--- commands. It must end in ".{encoding}.add". You need to include the
|
||
--- path, otherwise the file is placed in the current directory.
|
||
--- The path may include characters from 'isfname', space, comma and '@'.
|
||
--- *E765*
|
||
--- It may also be a comma-separated list of names. A count before the
|
||
--- `zg` and `zw` commands can be used to access each. This allows using
|
||
--- a personal word list file and a project word list file.
|
||
--- When a word is added while this option is empty Vim will set it for
|
||
--- you: Using the first directory in 'runtimepath' that is writable. If
|
||
--- there is no "spell" directory yet it will be created. For the file
|
||
--- name the first language name that appears in 'spelllang' is used,
|
||
--- ignoring the region.
|
||
--- The resulting ".spl" file will be used for spell checking, it does not
|
||
--- have to appear in 'spelllang'.
|
||
--- Normally one file is used for all regions, but you can add the region
|
||
--- name if you want to. However, it will then only be used when
|
||
--- 'spellfile' is set to it, for entries in 'spelllang' only files
|
||
--- without region name will be found.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.spellfile = ""
|
||
vim.o.spf = vim.o.spellfile
|
||
vim.bo.spellfile = vim.o.spellfile
|
||
vim.bo.spf = vim.bo.spellfile
|
||
|
||
--- A comma-separated list of word list names. When the 'spell' option is
|
||
--- on spellchecking will be done for these languages. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set spelllang=en_us,nl,medical
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This means US English, Dutch and medical words are recognized. Words
|
||
--- that are not recognized will be highlighted.
|
||
--- The word list name must consist of alphanumeric characters, a dash or
|
||
--- an underscore. It should not include a comma or dot. Using a dash is
|
||
--- recommended to separate the two letter language name from a
|
||
--- specification. Thus "en-rare" is used for rare English words.
|
||
--- A region name must come last and have the form "_xx", where "xx" is
|
||
--- the two-letter, lower case region name. You can use more than one
|
||
--- region by listing them: "en_us,en_ca" supports both US and Canadian
|
||
--- English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
|
||
--- Britain. (Note: currently en_au and en_nz dictionaries are older than
|
||
--- en_ca, en_gb and en_us).
|
||
--- If the name "cjk" is included East Asian characters are excluded from
|
||
--- spell checking. This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
|
||
--- words.
|
||
--- Note that the "medical" dictionary does not exist, it is just an
|
||
--- example of a longer name.
|
||
--- *E757*
|
||
--- As a special case the name of a .spl file can be given as-is. The
|
||
--- first "_xx" in the name is removed and used as the region name
|
||
--- (_xx is an underscore, two letters and followed by a non-letter).
|
||
--- This is mainly for testing purposes. You must make sure the correct
|
||
--- encoding is used, Vim doesn't check it.
|
||
--- How the related spell files are found is explained here: `spell-load`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the `spellfile.vim` plugin is active and you use a language name
|
||
--- for which Vim cannot find the .spl file in 'runtimepath' the plugin
|
||
--- will ask you if you want to download the file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- After this option has been set successfully, Vim will source the files
|
||
--- "spell/LANG.vim" in 'runtimepath'. "LANG" is the value of 'spelllang'
|
||
--- up to the first character that is not an ASCII letter or number and
|
||
--- not a dash. Also see `set-spc-auto`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.spelllang = "en"
|
||
vim.o.spl = vim.o.spelllang
|
||
vim.bo.spelllang = vim.o.spelllang
|
||
vim.bo.spl = vim.bo.spelllang
|
||
|
||
--- A comma-separated list of options for spell checking:
|
||
--- camel When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
|
||
--- separate word: every upper-case character in a word
|
||
--- that comes after a lower case character indicates the
|
||
--- start of a new word.
|
||
--- noplainbuffer Only spellcheck a buffer when 'syntax' is enabled,
|
||
--- or when extmarks are set within the buffer. Only
|
||
--- designated regions of the buffer are spellchecked in
|
||
--- this case.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.spelloptions = ""
|
||
vim.o.spo = vim.o.spelloptions
|
||
vim.bo.spelloptions = vim.o.spelloptions
|
||
vim.bo.spo = vim.bo.spelloptions
|
||
|
||
--- Methods used for spelling suggestions. Both for the `z=` command and
|
||
--- the `spellsuggest()` function. This is a comma-separated list of
|
||
--- items:
|
||
---
|
||
--- best Internal method that works best for English. Finds
|
||
--- changes like "fast" and uses a bit of sound-a-like
|
||
--- scoring to improve the ordering.
|
||
---
|
||
--- double Internal method that uses two methods and mixes the
|
||
--- results. The first method is "fast", the other method
|
||
--- computes how much the suggestion sounds like the bad
|
||
--- word. That only works when the language specifies
|
||
--- sound folding. Can be slow and doesn't always give
|
||
--- better results.
|
||
---
|
||
--- fast Internal method that only checks for simple changes:
|
||
--- character inserts/deletes/swaps. Works well for
|
||
--- simple typing mistakes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- {number} The maximum number of suggestions listed for `z=`.
|
||
--- Not used for `spellsuggest()`. The number of
|
||
--- suggestions is never more than the value of 'lines'
|
||
--- minus two.
|
||
---
|
||
--- timeout:{millisec} Limit the time searching for suggestions to
|
||
--- {millisec} milli seconds. Applies to the following
|
||
--- methods. When omitted the limit is 5000. When
|
||
--- negative there is no limit.
|
||
---
|
||
--- file:{filename} Read file {filename}, which must have two columns,
|
||
--- separated by a slash. The first column contains the
|
||
--- bad word, the second column the suggested good word.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- theribal/terrible ~
|
||
--- Use this for common mistakes that do not appear at the
|
||
--- top of the suggestion list with the internal methods.
|
||
--- Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
|
||
--- comments.
|
||
--- The word in the second column must be correct,
|
||
--- otherwise it will not be used. Add the word to an
|
||
--- ".add" file if it is currently flagged as a spelling
|
||
--- mistake.
|
||
--- The file is used for all languages.
|
||
---
|
||
--- expr:{expr} Evaluate expression {expr}. Use a function to avoid
|
||
--- trouble with spaces. `v:val` holds the badly spelled
|
||
--- word. The expression must evaluate to a List of
|
||
--- Lists, each with a suggestion and a score.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- [['the', 33], ['that', 44]] ~
|
||
--- Set 'verbose' and use `z=` to see the scores that the
|
||
--- internal methods use. A lower score is better.
|
||
--- This may invoke `spellsuggest()` if you temporarily
|
||
--- set 'spellsuggest' to exclude the "expr:" part.
|
||
--- Errors are silently ignored, unless you set the
|
||
--- 'verbose' option to a non-zero value.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Only one of "best", "double" or "fast" may be used. The others may
|
||
--- appear several times in any order. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set sps=file:~/.config/nvim/sugg,best,expr:MySuggest()
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.spellsuggest = "best"
|
||
vim.o.sps = vim.o.spellsuggest
|
||
vim.go.spellsuggest = vim.o.spellsuggest
|
||
vim.go.sps = vim.go.spellsuggest
|
||
|
||
--- When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
|
||
--- one. `:split`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.splitbelow = false
|
||
vim.o.sb = vim.o.splitbelow
|
||
vim.go.splitbelow = vim.o.splitbelow
|
||
vim.go.sb = vim.go.splitbelow
|
||
|
||
--- The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
|
||
--- closing or resizing horizontal splits.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Possible values are:
|
||
--- cursor Keep the same relative cursor position.
|
||
--- screen Keep the text on the same screen line.
|
||
--- topline Keep the topline the same.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For the "screen" and "topline" values, the cursor position will be
|
||
--- changed when necessary. In this case, the jumplist will be populated
|
||
--- with the previous cursor position. For "screen", the text cannot always
|
||
--- be kept on the same screen line when 'wrap' is enabled.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.splitkeep = "cursor"
|
||
vim.o.spk = vim.o.splitkeep
|
||
vim.go.splitkeep = vim.o.splitkeep
|
||
vim.go.spk = vim.go.splitkeep
|
||
|
||
--- When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
|
||
--- current one. `:vsplit`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.splitright = false
|
||
vim.o.spr = vim.o.splitright
|
||
vim.go.splitright = vim.o.splitright
|
||
vim.go.spr = vim.go.splitright
|
||
|
||
--- When "on" the commands listed below move the cursor to the first
|
||
--- non-blank of the line. When off the cursor is kept in the same column
|
||
--- (if possible). This applies to the commands:
|
||
--- - CTRL-D, CTRL-U, CTRL-B, CTRL-F, "G", "H", "M", "L", "gg"
|
||
--- - "d", "<<" and ">>" with a linewise operator
|
||
--- - "%" with a count
|
||
--- - buffer changing commands (CTRL-^, :bnext, :bNext, etc.)
|
||
--- - Ex commands that only have a line number, e.g., ":25" or ":+".
|
||
--- In case of buffer changing commands the cursor is placed at the column
|
||
--- where it was the last time the buffer was edited.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.startofline = false
|
||
vim.o.sol = vim.o.startofline
|
||
vim.go.startofline = vim.o.startofline
|
||
vim.go.sol = vim.go.startofline
|
||
|
||
--- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the area to the
|
||
--- side of a window, normally containing the fold, sign and number columns.
|
||
--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Some of the items from the 'statusline' format are different for
|
||
--- 'statuscolumn':
|
||
---
|
||
--- %l line number of currently drawn line
|
||
--- %r relative line number of currently drawn line
|
||
--- %s sign column for currently drawn line
|
||
--- %C fold column for currently drawn line
|
||
---
|
||
--- NOTE: To draw the sign and fold columns, their items must be included in
|
||
--- 'statuscolumn'. Even when they are not included, the status column width
|
||
--- will adapt to the 'signcolumn' and 'foldcolumn' width.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The `v:lnum` variable holds the line number to be drawn.
|
||
--- The `v:relnum` variable holds the relative line number to be drawn.
|
||
--- The `v:virtnum` variable is negative when drawing virtual lines, zero
|
||
--- when drawing the actual buffer line, and positive when
|
||
--- drawing the wrapped part of a buffer line.
|
||
---
|
||
--- NOTE: The %@ click execute function item is supported as well but the
|
||
--- specified function will be the same for each row in the same column.
|
||
--- It cannot be switched out through a dynamic 'statuscolumn' format, the
|
||
--- handler should be written with this in mind.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples:
|
||
---
|
||
--- ```vim
|
||
--- " Relative number with bar separator and click handlers:
|
||
--- :set statuscolumn=%@SignCb@%s%=%T%@NumCb@%r│%T
|
||
---
|
||
--- " Right aligned relative cursor line number:
|
||
--- :let &stc='%=%{v:relnum?v:relnum:v:lnum} '
|
||
---
|
||
--- " Line numbers in hexadecimal for non wrapped part of lines:
|
||
--- :let &stc='%=%{v:virtnum>0?"":printf("%x",v:lnum)} '
|
||
---
|
||
--- " Human readable line numbers with thousands separator:
|
||
--- :let &stc='%{substitute(v:lnum,"\\d\\zs\\ze\\'
|
||
--- . '%(\\d\\d\\d\\)\\+$",",","g")}'
|
||
---
|
||
--- " Both relative and absolute line numbers with different
|
||
--- " highlighting for odd and even relative numbers:
|
||
--- :let &stc='%#NonText#%{&nu?v:lnum:""}' .
|
||
--- '%=%{&rnu&&(v:lnum%2)?"\ ".v:relnum:""}' .
|
||
--- '%#LineNr#%{&rnu&&!(v:lnum%2)?"\ ".v:relnum:""}'
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- WARNING: this expression is evaluated for each screen line so defining
|
||
--- an expensive expression can negatively affect render performance.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.statuscolumn = ""
|
||
vim.o.stc = vim.o.statuscolumn
|
||
vim.wo.statuscolumn = vim.o.statuscolumn
|
||
vim.wo.stc = vim.wo.statuscolumn
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the status line.
|
||
--- Also see `status-line`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The option consists of printf style '%' items interspersed with
|
||
--- normal text. Each status line item is of the form:
|
||
--- %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
|
||
--- All fields except the {item} are optional. A single percent sign can
|
||
--- be given as "%%".
|
||
---
|
||
--- When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
|
||
--- evaluated and the result is used as the option value. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The *g:statusline_winid* variable will be set to the `window-ID` of the
|
||
--- window that the status line belongs to.
|
||
--- The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
|
||
--- Note that the "%!" expression is evaluated in the context of the
|
||
--- current window and buffer, while %{} items are evaluated in the
|
||
--- context of the window that the statusline belongs to.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
|
||
--- empty to avoid further errors. Otherwise screen updating would loop.
|
||
--- When the result contains unprintable characters the result is
|
||
--- unpredictable.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
|
||
--- 'laststatus' is 2 or 3) is controlling the output of `CTRL-G`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- field meaning ~
|
||
--- - Left justify the item. The default is right justified
|
||
--- when minwid is larger than the length of the item.
|
||
--- 0 Leading zeroes in numeric items. Overridden by "-".
|
||
--- minwid Minimum width of the item, padding as set by "-" & "0".
|
||
--- Value must be 50 or less.
|
||
--- maxwid Maximum width of the item. Truncation occurs with a "<"
|
||
--- on the left for text items. Numeric items will be
|
||
--- shifted down to maxwid-2 digits followed by ">"number
|
||
--- where number is the amount of missing digits, much like
|
||
--- an exponential notation.
|
||
--- item A one letter code as described below.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Following is a description of the possible statusline items. The
|
||
--- second character in "item" is the type:
|
||
--- N for number
|
||
--- S for string
|
||
--- F for flags as described below
|
||
--- - not applicable
|
||
---
|
||
--- item meaning ~
|
||
--- f S Path to the file in the buffer, as typed or relative to current
|
||
--- directory.
|
||
--- F S Full path to the file in the buffer.
|
||
--- t S File name (tail) of file in the buffer.
|
||
--- m F Modified flag, text is "[+]"; "[-]" if 'modifiable' is off.
|
||
--- M F Modified flag, text is ",+" or ",-".
|
||
--- r F Readonly flag, text is "[RO]".
|
||
--- R F Readonly flag, text is ",RO".
|
||
--- h F Help buffer flag, text is "[help]".
|
||
--- H F Help buffer flag, text is ",HLP".
|
||
--- w F Preview window flag, text is "[Preview]".
|
||
--- W F Preview window flag, text is ",PRV".
|
||
--- y F Type of file in the buffer, e.g., "[vim]". See 'filetype'.
|
||
--- Y F Type of file in the buffer, e.g., ",VIM". See 'filetype'.
|
||
--- q S "[Quickfix List]", "[Location List]" or empty.
|
||
--- k S Value of "b:keymap_name" or 'keymap' when `:lmap` mappings are
|
||
--- being used: "<keymap>"
|
||
--- n N Buffer number.
|
||
--- b N Value of character under cursor.
|
||
--- B N As above, in hexadecimal.
|
||
--- o N Byte number in file of byte under cursor, first byte is 1.
|
||
--- Mnemonic: Offset from start of file (with one added)
|
||
--- O N As above, in hexadecimal.
|
||
--- l N Line number.
|
||
--- L N Number of lines in buffer.
|
||
--- c N Column number (byte index).
|
||
--- v N Virtual column number (screen column).
|
||
--- V N Virtual column number as -{num}. Not displayed if equal to 'c'.
|
||
--- p N Percentage through file in lines as in `CTRL-G`.
|
||
--- P S Percentage through file of displayed window. This is like the
|
||
--- percentage described for 'ruler'. Always 3 in length, unless
|
||
--- translated.
|
||
--- S S 'showcmd' content, see 'showcmdloc'.
|
||
--- a S Argument list status as in default title. ({current} of {max})
|
||
--- Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
|
||
--- { NF Evaluate expression between "%{" and "}" and substitute result.
|
||
--- Note that there is no "%" before the closing "}". The
|
||
--- expression cannot contain a "}" character, call a function to
|
||
--- work around that. See `stl-%{` below.
|
||
--- `{%` - This is almost same as "{" except the result of the expression is
|
||
--- re-evaluated as a statusline format string. Thus if the
|
||
--- return value of expr contains "%" items they will get expanded.
|
||
--- The expression can contain the "}" character, the end of
|
||
--- expression is denoted by "%}".
|
||
--- For example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- func! Stl_filename() abort
|
||
--- return "%t"
|
||
--- endfunc
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- `stl=%{Stl_filename()}` results in `"%t"`
|
||
--- `stl=%{%Stl_filename()%}` results in `"Name of current file"`
|
||
--- %} - End of "{%" expression
|
||
--- ( - Start of item group. Can be used for setting the width and
|
||
--- alignment of a section. Must be followed by %) somewhere.
|
||
--- ) - End of item group. No width fields allowed.
|
||
--- T N For 'tabline': start of tab page N label. Use %T or %X to end
|
||
--- the label. Clicking this label with left mouse button switches
|
||
--- to the specified tab page.
|
||
--- X N For 'tabline': start of close tab N label. Use %X or %T to end
|
||
--- the label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X. Use %999X for a "close current
|
||
--- tab" label. Clicking this label with left mouse button closes
|
||
--- specified tab page.
|
||
--- @ N Start of execute function label. Use %X or %T to
|
||
--- end the label, e.g.: %10@SwitchBuffer@foo.c%X. Clicking this
|
||
--- label runs specified function: in the example when clicking once
|
||
--- using left mouse button on "foo.c" "SwitchBuffer(10, 1, 'l',
|
||
--- ' ')" expression will be run. Function receives the
|
||
--- following arguments in order:
|
||
--- 1. minwid field value or zero if no N was specified
|
||
--- 2. number of mouse clicks to detect multiple clicks
|
||
--- 3. mouse button used: "l", "r" or "m" for left, right or middle
|
||
--- button respectively; one should not rely on third argument
|
||
--- being only "l", "r" or "m": any other non-empty string value
|
||
--- that contains only ASCII lower case letters may be expected
|
||
--- for other mouse buttons
|
||
--- 4. modifiers pressed: string which contains "s" if shift
|
||
--- modifier was pressed, "c" for control, "a" for alt and "m"
|
||
--- for meta; currently if modifier is not pressed string
|
||
--- contains space instead, but one should not rely on presence
|
||
--- of spaces or specific order of modifiers: use `stridx()` to
|
||
--- test whether some modifier is present; string is guaranteed
|
||
--- to contain only ASCII letters and spaces, one letter per
|
||
--- modifier; "?" modifier may also be present, but its presence
|
||
--- is a bug that denotes that new mouse button recognition was
|
||
--- added without modifying code that reacts on mouse clicks on
|
||
--- this label.
|
||
--- Use `getmousepos()`.winid in the specified function to get the
|
||
--- corresponding window id of the clicked item.
|
||
--- \< - Where to truncate line if too long. Default is at the start.
|
||
--- No width fields allowed.
|
||
--- = - Separation point between alignment sections. Each section will
|
||
--- be separated by an equal number of spaces. With one %= what
|
||
--- comes after it will be right-aligned. With two %= there is a
|
||
--- middle part, with white space left and right of it.
|
||
--- No width fields allowed.
|
||
--- # - Set highlight group. The name must follow and then a # again.
|
||
--- Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname. The same
|
||
--- highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
|
||
--- windows.
|
||
--- * - Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
|
||
--- minwid field, e.g. %1*. Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
|
||
--- The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied to
|
||
--- StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
|
||
--- The number N must be between 1 and 9. See `hl-User1..9`
|
||
---
|
||
--- When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
|
||
--- that flag comes right after plaintext. This will make a nice display
|
||
--- when flags are used like in the examples below.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When all items in a group becomes an empty string (i.e. flags that are
|
||
--- not set) and a minwid is not set for the group, the whole group will
|
||
--- become empty. This will make a group like the following disappear
|
||
--- completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
|
||
--- line is displayed.
|
||
--- *stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
|
||
--- While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
|
||
--- temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
|
||
--- currently being drawn. The expression will evaluate in this context.
|
||
--- The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
|
||
--- real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the `window-ID` of the
|
||
--- real current window. These values are strings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from
|
||
--- a modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
|
||
--- evaluating 'statusline' `textlock`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If the statusline is not updated when you want it (e.g., after setting
|
||
--- a variable that's used in an expression), you can force an update by
|
||
--- using `:redrawstatus`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- A result of all digits is regarded a number for display purposes.
|
||
--- Otherwise the result is taken as flag text and applied to the rules
|
||
--- described above.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Watch out for errors in expressions. They may render Vim unusable!
|
||
--- If you are stuck, hold down ':' or 'Q' to get a prompt, then quit and
|
||
--- edit your vimrc or whatever with "vim --clean" to get it right.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples:
|
||
--- Emulate standard status line with 'ruler' set
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set statusline=%<%f\ %h%m%r%=%-14.(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Similar, but add ASCII value of char under the cursor (like "ga")
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set statusline=%<%f%h%m%r%=%b\ 0x%B\ \ %l,%c%V\ %P
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Display byte count and byte value, modified flag in red.
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set statusline=%<%f%=\ [%1*%M%*%n%R%H]\ %-19(%3l,%02c%03V%)%O'%02b'
|
||
--- :hi User1 term=inverse,bold cterm=inverse,bold ctermfg=red
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Display a ,GZ flag if a compressed file is loaded
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set statusline=...%r%{VarExists('b:gzflag','\ [GZ]')}%h...
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- In the `:autocmd`'s:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :let b:gzflag = 1
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- And:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :unlet b:gzflag
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- And define this function:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :function VarExists(var, val)
|
||
--- : if exists(a:var) | return a:val | else | return '' | endif
|
||
--- :endfunction
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.statusline = ""
|
||
vim.o.stl = vim.o.statusline
|
||
vim.wo.statusline = vim.o.statusline
|
||
vim.wo.stl = vim.wo.statusline
|
||
vim.go.statusline = vim.o.statusline
|
||
vim.go.stl = vim.go.statusline
|
||
|
||
--- Files with these suffixes get a lower priority when multiple files
|
||
--- match a wildcard. See `suffixes`. Commas can be used to separate the
|
||
--- suffixes. Spaces after the comma are ignored. A dot is also seen as
|
||
--- the start of a suffix. To avoid a dot or comma being recognized as a
|
||
--- separator, precede it with a backslash (see `option-backslash` about
|
||
--- including spaces and backslashes).
|
||
--- See 'wildignore' for completely ignoring files.
|
||
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
|
||
--- suffixes from the list. This avoids problems when a future version
|
||
--- uses another default.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.suffixes = ".bak,~,.o,.h,.info,.swp,.obj"
|
||
vim.o.su = vim.o.suffixes
|
||
vim.go.suffixes = vim.o.suffixes
|
||
vim.go.su = vim.go.suffixes
|
||
|
||
--- Comma-separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
|
||
--- file for the "gf", "[I", etc. commands. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set suffixesadd=.java
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.suffixesadd = ""
|
||
vim.o.sua = vim.o.suffixesadd
|
||
vim.bo.suffixesadd = vim.o.suffixesadd
|
||
vim.bo.sua = vim.bo.suffixesadd
|
||
|
||
--- Use a swapfile for the buffer. This option can be reset when a
|
||
--- swapfile is not wanted for a specific buffer. For example, with
|
||
--- confidential information that even root must not be able to access.
|
||
--- Careful: All text will be in memory:
|
||
--- - Don't use this for big files.
|
||
--- - Recovery will be impossible!
|
||
--- A swapfile will only be present when `'updatecount'` is non-zero and
|
||
--- 'swapfile' is set.
|
||
--- When 'swapfile' is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
|
||
--- immediately deleted. When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
|
||
--- non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
|
||
--- Also see `swap-file`.
|
||
--- If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
|
||
--- use the `:noswapfile` modifier.
|
||
--- See 'directory' for where the swap file is created.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
|
||
--- specify special kinds of buffers. See `special-buffers`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.swapfile = true
|
||
vim.o.swf = vim.o.swapfile
|
||
vim.bo.swapfile = vim.o.swapfile
|
||
vim.bo.swf = vim.bo.swapfile
|
||
|
||
--- This option controls the behavior when switching between buffers.
|
||
--- This option is checked, when
|
||
--- - jumping to errors with the `quickfix` commands (`:cc`, `:cn`, `:cp`,
|
||
--- etc.)
|
||
--- - jumping to a tag using the `:stag` command.
|
||
--- - opening a file using the `CTRL-W_f` or `CTRL-W_F` command.
|
||
--- - jumping to a buffer using a buffer split command (e.g. `:sbuffer`,
|
||
--- `:sbnext`, or `:sbrewind`).
|
||
--- Possible values (comma-separated list):
|
||
--- useopen If included, jump to the first open window in the
|
||
--- current tab page that contains the specified buffer
|
||
--- (if there is one). Otherwise: Do not examine other
|
||
--- windows.
|
||
--- usetab Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
|
||
--- pages.
|
||
--- split If included, split the current window before loading
|
||
--- a buffer for a `quickfix` command that display errors.
|
||
--- Otherwise: do not split, use current window (when used
|
||
--- in the quickfix window: the previously used window or
|
||
--- split if there is no other window).
|
||
--- vsplit Just like "split" but split vertically.
|
||
--- newtab Like "split", but open a new tab page. Overrules
|
||
--- "split" when both are present.
|
||
--- uselast If included, jump to the previously used window when
|
||
--- jumping to errors with `quickfix` commands.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.switchbuf = "uselast"
|
||
vim.o.swb = vim.o.switchbuf
|
||
vim.go.switchbuf = vim.o.switchbuf
|
||
vim.go.swb = vim.go.switchbuf
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum column in which to search for syntax items. In long lines the
|
||
--- text after this column is not highlighted and following lines may not
|
||
--- be highlighted correctly, because the syntax state is cleared.
|
||
--- This helps to avoid very slow redrawing for an XML file that is one
|
||
--- long line.
|
||
--- Set to zero to remove the limit.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.synmaxcol = 3000
|
||
vim.o.smc = vim.o.synmaxcol
|
||
vim.bo.synmaxcol = vim.o.synmaxcol
|
||
vim.bo.smc = vim.bo.synmaxcol
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is set, the syntax with this name is loaded, unless
|
||
--- syntax highlighting has been switched off with ":syntax off".
|
||
--- Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current syntax (the
|
||
--- b:current_syntax variable does).
|
||
--- This option is most useful in a modeline, for a file which syntax is
|
||
--- not automatically recognized. Example, in an IDL file:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- /* vim: set syntax=idl : */
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
|
||
--- names. Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- /* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will use the "c" syntax first, then the "doxygen" syntax.
|
||
--- Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded as an addition,
|
||
--- otherwise it will be skipped. More than one dot may appear.
|
||
--- To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set syntax=OFF
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- To switch syntax highlighting on according to the current value of the
|
||
--- 'filetype' option:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set syntax=ON
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- What actually happens when setting the 'syntax' option is that the
|
||
--- Syntax autocommand event is triggered with the value as argument.
|
||
--- This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
|
||
--- 'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
|
||
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.syntax = ""
|
||
vim.o.syn = vim.o.syntax
|
||
vim.bo.syntax = vim.o.syntax
|
||
vim.bo.syn = vim.bo.syntax
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
|
||
--- line at the top of the Vim window. When empty Vim will use a default
|
||
--- tab pages line. See `setting-tabline` for more info.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The tab pages line only appears as specified with the 'showtabline'
|
||
--- option and only when there is no GUI tab line. When 'e' is in
|
||
--- 'guioptions' and the GUI supports a tab line 'guitablabel' is used
|
||
--- instead. Note that the two tab pages lines are very different.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The value is evaluated like with 'statusline'. You can use
|
||
--- `tabpagenr()`, `tabpagewinnr()` and `tabpagebuflist()` to figure out
|
||
--- the text to be displayed. Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
|
||
--- the second one, etc. Use "%X" items for closing labels.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When changing something that is used in 'tabline' that does not
|
||
--- trigger it to be updated, use `:redrawtabline`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
|
||
--- are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.tabline = ""
|
||
vim.o.tal = vim.o.tabline
|
||
vim.go.tabline = vim.o.tabline
|
||
vim.go.tal = vim.go.tabline
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the `-p` command line
|
||
--- argument or the ":tab all" command. `tabpage`
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.tabpagemax = 50
|
||
vim.o.tpm = vim.o.tabpagemax
|
||
vim.go.tabpagemax = vim.o.tabpagemax
|
||
vim.go.tpm = vim.go.tabpagemax
|
||
|
||
--- Number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for. Also see
|
||
--- the `:retab` command, and the 'softtabstop' option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note: Setting 'tabstop' to any other value than 8 can make your file
|
||
--- appear wrong in many places.
|
||
--- The value must be more than 0 and less than 10000.
|
||
---
|
||
--- There are four main ways to use tabs in Vim:
|
||
--- 1. Always keep 'tabstop' at 8, set 'softtabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to 4
|
||
--- (or 3 or whatever you prefer) and use 'noexpandtab'. Then Vim
|
||
--- will use a mix of tabs and spaces, but typing <Tab> and <BS> will
|
||
--- behave like a tab appears every 4 (or 3) characters.
|
||
--- This is the recommended way, the file will look the same with other
|
||
--- tools and when listing it in a terminal.
|
||
--- 2. Set 'softtabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to whatever you prefer and use
|
||
--- 'expandtab'. This way you will always insert spaces. The
|
||
--- formatting will never be messed up when 'tabstop' is changed (leave
|
||
--- it at 8 just in case). The file will be a bit larger.
|
||
--- You do need to check if no Tabs exist in the file. You can get rid
|
||
--- of them by first setting 'expandtab' and using `%retab!`, making
|
||
--- sure the value of 'tabstop' is set correctly.
|
||
--- 3. Set 'tabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to whatever you prefer and use
|
||
--- 'expandtab'. This way you will always insert spaces. The
|
||
--- formatting will never be messed up when 'tabstop' is changed.
|
||
--- You do need to check if no Tabs exist in the file, just like in the
|
||
--- item just above.
|
||
--- 4. Set 'tabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to whatever you prefer and use a
|
||
--- `modeline` to set these values when editing the file again. Only
|
||
--- works when using Vim to edit the file, other tools assume a tabstop
|
||
--- is worth 8 spaces.
|
||
--- 5. Always set 'tabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to the same value, and
|
||
--- 'noexpandtab'. This should then work (for initial indents only)
|
||
--- for any tabstop setting that people use. It might be nice to have
|
||
--- tabs after the first non-blank inserted as spaces if you do this
|
||
--- though. Otherwise aligned comments will be wrong when 'tabstop' is
|
||
--- changed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The value of 'tabstop' will be ignored if `'vartabstop'` is set to
|
||
--- anything other than an empty string.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.tabstop = 8
|
||
vim.o.ts = vim.o.tabstop
|
||
vim.bo.tabstop = vim.o.tabstop
|
||
vim.bo.ts = vim.bo.tabstop
|
||
|
||
--- When searching for a tag (e.g., for the `:ta` command), Vim can either
|
||
--- use a binary search or a linear search in a tags file. Binary
|
||
--- searching makes searching for a tag a LOT faster, but a linear search
|
||
--- will find more tags if the tags file wasn't properly sorted.
|
||
--- Vim normally assumes that your tags files are sorted, or indicate that
|
||
--- they are not sorted. Only when this is not the case does the
|
||
--- 'tagbsearch' option need to be switched off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When 'tagbsearch' is on, binary searching is first used in the tags
|
||
--- files. In certain situations, Vim will do a linear search instead for
|
||
--- certain files, or retry all files with a linear search. When
|
||
--- 'tagbsearch' is off, only a linear search is done.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Linear searching is done anyway, for one file, when Vim finds a line
|
||
--- at the start of the file indicating that it's not sorted:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- !_TAG_FILE_SORTED 0 /some comment/
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- [The whitespace before and after the '0' must be a single <Tab>]
|
||
---
|
||
--- When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
|
||
--- files listed in 'tags', and case is ignored or a pattern is used
|
||
--- instead of a normal tag name, a retry is done with a linear search.
|
||
--- Tags in unsorted tags files, and matches with different case will only
|
||
--- be found in the retry.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If a tag file indicates that it is case-fold sorted, the second,
|
||
--- linear search can be avoided when case is ignored. Use a value of '2'
|
||
--- in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this. A tag file can be case-fold
|
||
--- sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in the command:
|
||
--- "sort -f -o tags tags". For Universal ctags and Exuberant ctags
|
||
--- version 5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be
|
||
--- used for this as well. Note that case must be folded to uppercase for
|
||
--- this to work.
|
||
---
|
||
--- By default, tag searches are case-sensitive. Case is ignored when
|
||
--- 'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
|
||
--- "ignore".
|
||
--- Also when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' is set, or
|
||
--- 'tagcase' is "smart", and the pattern contains only lowercase
|
||
--- characters.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
|
||
--- exists, but faster when no full match exists. Tags in unsorted tags
|
||
--- files may only be found with 'tagbsearch' off.
|
||
--- When the tags file is not sorted, or sorted in a wrong way (not on
|
||
--- ASCII byte value), 'tagbsearch' should be off, or the line given above
|
||
--- must be included in the tags file.
|
||
--- This option doesn't affect commands that find all matching tags (e.g.,
|
||
--- command-line completion and ":help").
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.tagbsearch = true
|
||
vim.o.tbs = vim.o.tagbsearch
|
||
vim.go.tagbsearch = vim.o.tagbsearch
|
||
vim.go.tbs = vim.go.tagbsearch
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies how case is handled when searching the tags
|
||
--- file:
|
||
--- followic Follow the 'ignorecase' option
|
||
--- followscs Follow the 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options
|
||
--- ignore Ignore case
|
||
--- match Match case
|
||
--- smart Ignore case unless an upper case letter is used
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.tagcase = "followic"
|
||
vim.o.tc = vim.o.tagcase
|
||
vim.bo.tagcase = vim.o.tagcase
|
||
vim.bo.tc = vim.bo.tagcase
|
||
vim.go.tagcase = vim.o.tagcase
|
||
vim.go.tc = vim.go.tagcase
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies a function to be used to perform tag searches.
|
||
--- The function gets the tag pattern and should return a List of matching
|
||
--- tags. See `tag-function` for an explanation of how to write the
|
||
--- function and an example. The value can be the name of a function, a
|
||
--- `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for more
|
||
--- information.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.tagfunc = ""
|
||
vim.o.tfu = vim.o.tagfunc
|
||
vim.bo.tagfunc = vim.o.tagfunc
|
||
vim.bo.tfu = vim.bo.tagfunc
|
||
|
||
--- If non-zero, tags are significant up to this number of characters.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.taglength = 0
|
||
vim.o.tl = vim.o.taglength
|
||
vim.go.taglength = vim.o.taglength
|
||
vim.go.tl = vim.go.taglength
|
||
|
||
--- If on and using a tags file in another directory, file names in that
|
||
--- tags file are relative to the directory where the tags file is.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.tagrelative = true
|
||
vim.o.tr = vim.o.tagrelative
|
||
vim.go.tagrelative = vim.o.tagrelative
|
||
vim.go.tr = vim.go.tagrelative
|
||
|
||
--- Filenames for the tag command, separated by spaces or commas. To
|
||
--- include a space or comma in a file name, precede it with a backslash
|
||
--- (see `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes).
|
||
--- When a file name starts with "./", the '.' is replaced with the path
|
||
--- of the current file. But only when the 'd' flag is not included in
|
||
--- 'cpoptions'. Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`. Also see
|
||
--- `tags-option`.
|
||
--- "*", "**" and other wildcards can be used to search for tags files in
|
||
--- a directory tree. See `file-searching`. E.g., "/lib/**/tags" will
|
||
--- find all files named "tags" below "/lib". The filename itself cannot
|
||
--- contain wildcards, it is used as-is. E.g., "/lib/**/tags?" will find
|
||
--- files called "tags?".
|
||
--- The `tagfiles()` function can be used to get a list of the file names
|
||
--- actually used.
|
||
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
|
||
--- file names from the list. This avoids problems when a future version
|
||
--- uses another default.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.tags = "./tags;,tags"
|
||
vim.o.tag = vim.o.tags
|
||
vim.bo.tags = vim.o.tags
|
||
vim.bo.tag = vim.bo.tags
|
||
vim.go.tags = vim.o.tags
|
||
vim.go.tag = vim.go.tags
|
||
|
||
--- When on, the `tagstack` is used normally. When off, a ":tag" or
|
||
--- ":tselect" command with an argument will not push the tag onto the
|
||
--- tagstack. A following ":tag" without an argument, a ":pop" command or
|
||
--- any other command that uses the tagstack will use the unmodified
|
||
--- tagstack, but does change the pointer to the active entry.
|
||
--- Resetting this option is useful when using a ":tag" command in a
|
||
--- mapping which should not change the tagstack.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.tagstack = true
|
||
vim.o.tgst = vim.o.tagstack
|
||
vim.go.tagstack = vim.o.tagstack
|
||
vim.go.tgst = vim.go.tagstack
|
||
|
||
--- The terminal is in charge of Bi-directionality of text (as specified
|
||
--- by Unicode). The terminal is also expected to do the required shaping
|
||
--- that some languages (such as Arabic) require.
|
||
--- Setting this option implies that 'rightleft' will not be set when
|
||
--- 'arabic' is set and the value of 'arabicshape' will be ignored.
|
||
--- Note that setting 'termbidi' has the immediate effect that
|
||
--- 'arabicshape' is ignored, but 'rightleft' isn't changed automatically.
|
||
--- For further details see `arabic.txt`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.termbidi = false
|
||
vim.o.tbidi = vim.o.termbidi
|
||
vim.go.termbidi = vim.o.termbidi
|
||
vim.go.tbidi = vim.go.termbidi
|
||
|
||
--- Enables 24-bit RGB color in the `TUI`. Uses "gui" `:highlight`
|
||
--- attributes instead of "cterm" attributes. `guifg`
|
||
--- Requires an ISO-8613-3 compatible terminal.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.termguicolors = false
|
||
vim.o.tgc = vim.o.termguicolors
|
||
vim.go.termguicolors = vim.o.termguicolors
|
||
vim.go.tgc = vim.go.termguicolors
|
||
|
||
--- A comma-separated list of options for specifying control characters
|
||
--- to be removed from the text pasted into the terminal window. The
|
||
--- supported values are:
|
||
---
|
||
--- BS Backspace
|
||
---
|
||
--- HT TAB
|
||
---
|
||
--- FF Form feed
|
||
---
|
||
--- ESC Escape
|
||
---
|
||
--- DEL DEL
|
||
---
|
||
--- C0 Other control characters, excluding Line feed and
|
||
--- Carriage return < ' '
|
||
---
|
||
--- C1 Control characters 0x80...0x9F
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.termpastefilter = "BS,HT,ESC,DEL"
|
||
vim.o.tpf = vim.o.termpastefilter
|
||
vim.go.termpastefilter = vim.o.termpastefilter
|
||
vim.go.tpf = vim.go.termpastefilter
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum width of text that is being inserted. A longer line will be
|
||
--- broken after white space to get this width. A zero value disables
|
||
--- this.
|
||
--- When 'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used. See also
|
||
--- 'formatoptions' and `ins-textwidth`.
|
||
--- When 'formatexpr' is set it will be used to break the line.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.textwidth = 0
|
||
vim.o.tw = vim.o.textwidth
|
||
vim.bo.textwidth = vim.o.textwidth
|
||
vim.bo.tw = vim.bo.textwidth
|
||
|
||
--- List of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
|
||
--- for thesaurus completion commands `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T`. See
|
||
--- `compl-thesaurus`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option is not used if 'thesaurusfunc' is set, either for the
|
||
--- buffer or globally.
|
||
---
|
||
--- To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash. Spaces
|
||
--- after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
|
||
--- name. See `option-backslash` about using backslashes. The use of
|
||
--- `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing directories
|
||
--- from the list. This avoids problems when a future version uses
|
||
--- another default. Backticks cannot be used in this option for security
|
||
--- reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.thesaurus = ""
|
||
vim.o.tsr = vim.o.thesaurus
|
||
vim.bo.thesaurus = vim.o.thesaurus
|
||
vim.bo.tsr = vim.bo.thesaurus
|
||
vim.go.thesaurus = vim.o.thesaurus
|
||
vim.go.tsr = vim.go.thesaurus
|
||
|
||
--- This option specifies a function to be used for thesaurus completion
|
||
--- with CTRL-X CTRL-T. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T` See `compl-thesaurusfunc`.
|
||
--- The value can be the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.
|
||
--- See `option-value-function` for more information.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.thesaurusfunc = ""
|
||
vim.o.tsrfu = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
|
||
vim.bo.thesaurusfunc = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
|
||
vim.bo.tsrfu = vim.bo.thesaurusfunc
|
||
vim.go.thesaurusfunc = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
|
||
vim.go.tsrfu = vim.go.thesaurusfunc
|
||
|
||
--- When on: The tilde command "~" behaves like an operator.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.tildeop = false
|
||
vim.o.top = vim.o.tildeop
|
||
vim.go.tildeop = vim.o.tildeop
|
||
vim.go.top = vim.go.tildeop
|
||
|
||
--- This option and 'timeoutlen' determine the behavior when part of a
|
||
--- mapped key sequence has been received. For example, if <c-f> is
|
||
--- pressed and 'timeout' is set, Nvim will wait 'timeoutlen' milliseconds
|
||
--- for any key that can follow <c-f> in a mapping.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.timeout = true
|
||
vim.o.to = vim.o.timeout
|
||
vim.go.timeout = vim.o.timeout
|
||
vim.go.to = vim.go.timeout
|
||
|
||
--- Time in milliseconds to wait for a mapped sequence to complete.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.timeoutlen = 1000
|
||
vim.o.tm = vim.o.timeoutlen
|
||
vim.go.timeoutlen = vim.o.timeoutlen
|
||
vim.go.tm = vim.go.timeoutlen
|
||
|
||
--- When on, the title of the window will be set to the value of
|
||
--- 'titlestring' (if it is not empty), or to:
|
||
--- filename [+=-] (path) - NVIM
|
||
--- Where:
|
||
--- filename the name of the file being edited
|
||
--- - indicates the file cannot be modified, 'ma' off
|
||
--- + indicates the file was modified
|
||
--- = indicates the file is read-only
|
||
--- =+ indicates the file is read-only and modified
|
||
--- (path) is the path of the file being edited
|
||
--- - NVIM the server name `v:servername` or "NVIM"
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.title = false
|
||
vim.go.title = vim.o.title
|
||
|
||
--- Gives the percentage of 'columns' to use for the length of the window
|
||
--- title. When the title is longer, only the end of the path name is
|
||
--- shown. A '<' character before the path name is used to indicate this.
|
||
--- Using a percentage makes this adapt to the width of the window. But
|
||
--- it won't work perfectly, because the actual number of characters
|
||
--- available also depends on the font used and other things in the title
|
||
--- bar. When 'titlelen' is zero the full path is used. Otherwise,
|
||
--- values from 1 to 30000 percent can be used.
|
||
--- 'titlelen' is also used for the 'titlestring' option.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.titlelen = 85
|
||
vim.go.titlelen = vim.o.titlelen
|
||
|
||
--- If not empty, this option will be used to set the window title when
|
||
--- exiting. Only if 'title' is enabled.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.titleold = ""
|
||
vim.go.titleold = vim.o.titleold
|
||
|
||
--- When this option is not empty, it will be used for the title of the
|
||
--- window. This happens only when the 'title' option is on.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
|
||
--- expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() .. "/" .. expand("%:p")
|
||
--- :set title titlestring=%<%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The value of 'titlelen' is used to align items in the middle or right
|
||
--- of the available space.
|
||
--- Some people prefer to have the file name first:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set titlestring=%t%(\ %M%)%(\ (%{expand(\"%:~:.:h\")})%)%(\ %a%)
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Note the use of "%{ }" and an expression to get the path of the file,
|
||
--- without the file name. The "%( %)" constructs are used to add a
|
||
--- separating space only when needed.
|
||
--- NOTE: Use of special characters in 'titlestring' may cause the display
|
||
--- to be garbled (e.g., when it contains a CR or NL character).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.titlestring = ""
|
||
vim.go.titlestring = vim.o.titlestring
|
||
|
||
--- This option and 'ttimeoutlen' determine the behavior when part of a
|
||
--- key code sequence has been received by the `TUI`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For example if <Esc> (the \x1b byte) is received and 'ttimeout' is
|
||
--- set, Nvim waits 'ttimeoutlen' milliseconds for the terminal to
|
||
--- complete a key code sequence. If no input arrives before the timeout,
|
||
--- a single <Esc> is assumed. Many TUI cursor key codes start with <Esc>.
|
||
---
|
||
--- On very slow systems this may fail, causing cursor keys not to work
|
||
--- sometimes. If you discover this problem you can ":set ttimeoutlen=9999".
|
||
--- Nvim will wait for the next character to arrive after an <Esc>.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.ttimeout = true
|
||
vim.go.ttimeout = vim.o.ttimeout
|
||
|
||
--- Time in milliseconds to wait for a key code sequence to complete. Also
|
||
--- used for CTRL-\ CTRL-N and CTRL-\ CTRL-G when part of a command has
|
||
--- been typed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.ttimeoutlen = 50
|
||
vim.o.ttm = vim.o.ttimeoutlen
|
||
vim.go.ttimeoutlen = vim.o.ttimeoutlen
|
||
vim.go.ttm = vim.go.ttimeoutlen
|
||
|
||
--- List of directory names for undo files, separated with commas.
|
||
--- See 'backupdir' for details of the format.
|
||
--- "." means using the directory of the file. The undo file name for
|
||
--- "file.txt" is ".file.txt.un~".
|
||
--- For other directories the file name is the full path of the edited
|
||
--- file, with path separators replaced with "%".
|
||
--- When writing: The first directory that exists is used. "." always
|
||
--- works, no directories after "." will be used for writing. If none of
|
||
--- the directories exist Nvim will attempt to create the last directory in
|
||
--- the list.
|
||
--- When reading all entries are tried to find an undo file. The first
|
||
--- undo file that exists is used. When it cannot be read an error is
|
||
--- given, no further entry is used.
|
||
--- See `undo-persistence`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that unlike 'directory' and 'backupdir', 'undodir' always acts as
|
||
--- though the trailing slashes are present (see 'backupdir' for what this
|
||
--- means).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.undodir = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/undo//"
|
||
vim.o.udir = vim.o.undodir
|
||
vim.go.undodir = vim.o.undodir
|
||
vim.go.udir = vim.go.undodir
|
||
|
||
--- When on, Vim automatically saves undo history to an undo file when
|
||
--- writing a buffer to a file, and restores undo history from the same
|
||
--- file on buffer read.
|
||
--- The directory where the undo file is stored is specified by 'undodir'.
|
||
--- For more information about this feature see `undo-persistence`.
|
||
--- The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
|
||
--- before a reload to be saved for undo.
|
||
--- When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.undofile = false
|
||
vim.o.udf = vim.o.undofile
|
||
vim.bo.undofile = vim.o.undofile
|
||
vim.bo.udf = vim.bo.undofile
|
||
|
||
--- Maximum number of changes that can be undone. Since undo information
|
||
--- is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
|
||
--- Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of memory.
|
||
--- Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u" undoes
|
||
--- itself:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set ul=0
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- But you can also get Vi compatibility by including the 'u' flag in
|
||
--- 'cpoptions', and still be able to use CTRL-R to repeat undo.
|
||
--- Also see `undo-two-ways`.
|
||
--- Set to -1 for no undo at all. You might want to do this only for the
|
||
--- current buffer:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- setlocal ul=-1
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
|
||
---
|
||
--- The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Also see `clear-undo`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.undolevels = 1000
|
||
vim.o.ul = vim.o.undolevels
|
||
vim.bo.undolevels = vim.o.undolevels
|
||
vim.bo.ul = vim.bo.undolevels
|
||
vim.go.undolevels = vim.o.undolevels
|
||
vim.go.ul = vim.go.undolevels
|
||
|
||
--- Save the whole buffer for undo when reloading it. This applies to the
|
||
--- ":e!" command and reloading for when the buffer changed outside of
|
||
--- Vim. `FileChangedShell`
|
||
--- The save only happens when this option is negative or when the number
|
||
--- of lines is smaller than the value of this option.
|
||
--- Set this option to zero to disable undo for a reload.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When saving undo for a reload, any undo file is not read.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that this causes the whole buffer to be stored in memory. Set
|
||
--- this option to a lower value if you run out of memory.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.undoreload = 10000
|
||
vim.o.ur = vim.o.undoreload
|
||
vim.go.undoreload = vim.o.undoreload
|
||
vim.go.ur = vim.go.undoreload
|
||
|
||
--- After typing this many characters the swap file will be written to
|
||
--- disk. When zero, no swap file will be created at all (see chapter on
|
||
--- recovery `crash-recovery`). 'updatecount' is set to zero by starting
|
||
--- Vim with the "-n" option, see `startup`. When editing in readonly
|
||
--- mode this option will be initialized to 10000.
|
||
--- The swapfile can be disabled per buffer with `'swapfile'`.
|
||
--- When 'updatecount' is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
|
||
--- created for all buffers that have 'swapfile' set. When 'updatecount'
|
||
--- is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
|
||
--- This option has no meaning in buffers where `'buftype'` is "nofile"
|
||
--- or "nowrite".
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.updatecount = 200
|
||
vim.o.uc = vim.o.updatecount
|
||
vim.go.updatecount = vim.o.updatecount
|
||
vim.go.uc = vim.go.updatecount
|
||
|
||
--- If this many milliseconds nothing is typed the swap file will be
|
||
--- written to disk (see `crash-recovery`). Also used for the
|
||
--- `CursorHold` autocommand event.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.updatetime = 4000
|
||
vim.o.ut = vim.o.updatetime
|
||
vim.go.updatetime = vim.o.updatetime
|
||
vim.go.ut = vim.go.updatetime
|
||
|
||
--- A list of the number of spaces that a <Tab> counts for while editing,
|
||
--- such as inserting a <Tab> or using <BS>. It "feels" like variable-
|
||
--- width <Tab>s are being inserted, while in fact a mixture of spaces
|
||
--- and <Tab>s is used. Tab widths are separated with commas, with the
|
||
--- final value applying to all subsequent tabs.
|
||
---
|
||
--- For example, when editing assembly language files where statements
|
||
--- start in the 9th column and comments in the 41st, it may be useful
|
||
--- to use the following:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set varsofttabstop=8,32,8
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will set soft tabstops with 8 and 8 + 32 spaces, and 8 more
|
||
--- for every column thereafter.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that the value of `'softtabstop'` will be ignored while
|
||
--- 'varsofttabstop' is set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.varsofttabstop = ""
|
||
vim.o.vsts = vim.o.varsofttabstop
|
||
vim.bo.varsofttabstop = vim.o.varsofttabstop
|
||
vim.bo.vsts = vim.bo.varsofttabstop
|
||
|
||
--- A list of the number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for,
|
||
--- separated by commas. Each value corresponds to one tab, with the
|
||
--- final value applying to all subsequent tabs. For example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set vartabstop=4,20,10,8
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- This will make the first tab 4 spaces wide, the second 20 spaces,
|
||
--- the third 10 spaces, and all following tabs 8 spaces.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note that the value of `'tabstop'` will be ignored while 'vartabstop'
|
||
--- is set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.vartabstop = ""
|
||
vim.o.vts = vim.o.vartabstop
|
||
vim.bo.vartabstop = vim.o.vartabstop
|
||
vim.bo.vts = vim.bo.vartabstop
|
||
|
||
--- Sets the verbosity level. Also set by `-V` and `:verbose`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Tracing of options in Lua scripts is activated at level 1; Lua scripts
|
||
--- are not traced with verbose=0, for performance.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If greater than or equal to a given level, Nvim produces the following
|
||
--- messages:
|
||
---
|
||
--- Level Messages ~
|
||
--- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
--- 1 Lua assignments to options, mappings, etc.
|
||
--- 2 When a file is ":source"'ed, or `shada` file is read or written.
|
||
--- 3 UI info, terminal capabilities.
|
||
--- 4 Shell commands.
|
||
--- 5 Every searched tags file and include file.
|
||
--- 8 Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
|
||
--- 9 Executed autocommands.
|
||
--- 11 Finding items in a path.
|
||
--- 12 Vimscript function calls.
|
||
--- 13 When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
|
||
--- 14 Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
|
||
--- 15 Ex commands from a script (truncated at 200 characters).
|
||
--- 16 Ex commands.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If 'verbosefile' is set then the verbose messages are not displayed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.verbose = 0
|
||
vim.o.vbs = vim.o.verbose
|
||
vim.go.verbose = vim.o.verbose
|
||
vim.go.vbs = vim.go.verbose
|
||
|
||
--- When not empty all messages are written in a file with this name.
|
||
--- When the file exists messages are appended.
|
||
--- Writing to the file ends when Vim exits or when 'verbosefile' is made
|
||
--- empty. Writes are buffered, thus may not show up for some time.
|
||
--- Setting 'verbosefile' to a new value is like making it empty first.
|
||
--- The difference with `:redir` is that verbose messages are not
|
||
--- displayed when 'verbosefile' is set.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.verbosefile = ""
|
||
vim.o.vfile = vim.o.verbosefile
|
||
vim.go.verbosefile = vim.o.verbosefile
|
||
vim.go.vfile = vim.go.verbosefile
|
||
|
||
--- Name of the directory where to store files for `:mkview`.
|
||
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
|
||
--- security reasons.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.viewdir = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/view//"
|
||
vim.o.vdir = vim.o.viewdir
|
||
vim.go.viewdir = vim.o.viewdir
|
||
vim.go.vdir = vim.go.viewdir
|
||
|
||
--- Changes the effect of the `:mkview` command. It is a comma-separated
|
||
--- list of words. Each word enables saving and restoring something:
|
||
--- word save and restore ~
|
||
--- cursor cursor position in file and in window
|
||
--- curdir local current directory, if set with `:lcd`
|
||
--- folds manually created folds, opened/closed folds and local
|
||
--- fold options
|
||
--- options options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
|
||
--- global values for local options)
|
||
--- localoptions same as "options"
|
||
--- slash `deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "/" in filenames.
|
||
--- unix `deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "\n" line endings.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.viewoptions = "folds,cursor,curdir"
|
||
vim.o.vop = vim.o.viewoptions
|
||
vim.go.viewoptions = vim.o.viewoptions
|
||
vim.go.vop = vim.go.viewoptions
|
||
|
||
--- A comma-separated list of these words:
|
||
--- block Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
|
||
--- insert Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
|
||
--- all Allow virtual editing in all modes.
|
||
--- onemore Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line
|
||
--- none When used as the local value, do not allow virtual
|
||
--- editing even when the global value is set. When used
|
||
--- as the global value, "none" is the same as "".
|
||
--- NONE Alternative spelling of "none".
|
||
---
|
||
--- Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
|
||
--- no actual character. This can be halfway into a tab or beyond the end
|
||
--- of the line. Useful for selecting a rectangle in Visual mode and
|
||
--- editing a table.
|
||
--- "onemore" is not the same, it will only allow moving the cursor just
|
||
--- after the last character of the line. This makes some commands more
|
||
--- consistent. Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
|
||
--- if the line was empty. But it is far from Vi compatible. It may also
|
||
--- break some plugins or Vim scripts. For example because `l` can move
|
||
--- the cursor after the last character. Use with care!
|
||
--- Using the `$` command will move to the last character in the line, not
|
||
--- past it. This may actually move the cursor to the left!
|
||
--- The `g$` command will move to the end of the screen line.
|
||
--- It doesn't make sense to combine "all" with "onemore", but you will
|
||
--- not get a warning for it.
|
||
--- When combined with other words, "none" is ignored.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.virtualedit = ""
|
||
vim.o.ve = vim.o.virtualedit
|
||
vim.wo.virtualedit = vim.o.virtualedit
|
||
vim.wo.ve = vim.wo.virtualedit
|
||
vim.go.virtualedit = vim.o.virtualedit
|
||
vim.go.ve = vim.go.virtualedit
|
||
|
||
--- Use visual bell instead of beeping. Also see 'errorbells'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.visualbell = false
|
||
vim.o.vb = vim.o.visualbell
|
||
vim.go.visualbell = vim.o.visualbell
|
||
vim.go.vb = vim.go.visualbell
|
||
|
||
--- Give a warning message when a shell command is used while the buffer
|
||
--- has been changed.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.warn = true
|
||
vim.go.warn = vim.o.warn
|
||
|
||
--- Allow specified keys that move the cursor left/right to move to the
|
||
--- previous/next line when the cursor is on the first/last character in
|
||
--- the line. Concatenate characters to allow this for these keys:
|
||
--- char key mode ~
|
||
--- b <BS> Normal and Visual
|
||
--- s <Space> Normal and Visual
|
||
--- h "h" Normal and Visual (not recommended)
|
||
--- l "l" Normal and Visual (not recommended)
|
||
--- < <Left> Normal and Visual
|
||
--- > <Right> Normal and Visual
|
||
--- ~ "~" Normal
|
||
--- [ <Left> Insert and Replace
|
||
--- ] <Right> Insert and Replace
|
||
--- For example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set ww=<,>,[,]
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- allows wrap only when cursor keys are used.
|
||
--- When the movement keys are used in combination with a delete or change
|
||
--- operator, the <EOL> also counts for a character. This makes "3h"
|
||
--- different from "3dh" when the cursor crosses the end of a line. This
|
||
--- is also true for "x" and "X", because they do the same as "dl" and
|
||
--- "dh". If you use this, you may also want to use the mapping
|
||
--- ":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
|
||
--- cursor.
|
||
--- When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
|
||
--- line (not an empty line) then it will not move to the next line. This
|
||
--- makes "dl", "cl", "yl" etc. work normally.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.whichwrap = "b,s"
|
||
vim.o.ww = vim.o.whichwrap
|
||
vim.go.whichwrap = vim.o.whichwrap
|
||
vim.go.ww = vim.go.whichwrap
|
||
|
||
--- Character you have to type to start wildcard expansion in the
|
||
--- command-line, as specified with 'wildmode'.
|
||
--- More info here: `cmdline-completion`.
|
||
--- The character is not recognized when used inside a macro. See
|
||
--- 'wildcharm' for that.
|
||
--- Some keys will not work, such as CTRL-C, <CR> and Enter.
|
||
--- Although 'wc' is a number option, you can set it to a special key:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wc=<Tab>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.wildchar = 9
|
||
vim.o.wc = vim.o.wildchar
|
||
vim.go.wildchar = vim.o.wildchar
|
||
vim.go.wc = vim.go.wildchar
|
||
|
||
--- 'wildcharm' works exactly like 'wildchar', except that it is
|
||
--- recognized when used inside a macro. You can find "spare" command-line
|
||
--- keys suitable for this option by looking at `ex-edit-index`. Normally
|
||
--- you'll never actually type 'wildcharm', just use it in mappings that
|
||
--- automatically invoke completion mode, e.g.:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wcm=<C-Z>
|
||
--- :cnoremap ss so $vim/sessions/*.vim<C-Z>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Then after typing :ss you can use CTRL-P & CTRL-N.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.wildcharm = 0
|
||
vim.o.wcm = vim.o.wildcharm
|
||
vim.go.wildcharm = vim.o.wildcharm
|
||
vim.go.wcm = vim.go.wildcharm
|
||
|
||
--- A list of file patterns. A file that matches with one of these
|
||
--- patterns is ignored when expanding `wildcards`, completing file or
|
||
--- directory names, and influences the result of `expand()`, `glob()` and
|
||
--- `globpath()` unless a flag is passed to disable this.
|
||
--- The pattern is used like with `:autocmd`, see `autocmd-pattern`.
|
||
--- Also see 'suffixes'.
|
||
--- Example:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wildignore=*.o,*.obj
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
|
||
--- a pattern from the list. This avoids problems when a future version
|
||
--- uses another default.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.wildignore = ""
|
||
vim.o.wig = vim.o.wildignore
|
||
vim.go.wildignore = vim.o.wildignore
|
||
vim.go.wig = vim.go.wildignore
|
||
|
||
--- When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
|
||
--- Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
|
||
--- Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
|
||
--- happens when there are special characters.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.wildignorecase = false
|
||
vim.o.wic = vim.o.wildignorecase
|
||
vim.go.wildignorecase = vim.o.wildignorecase
|
||
vim.go.wic = vim.go.wildignorecase
|
||
|
||
--- When 'wildmenu' is on, command-line completion operates in an enhanced
|
||
--- mode. On pressing 'wildchar' (usually <Tab>) to invoke completion,
|
||
--- the possible matches are shown.
|
||
--- When 'wildoptions' contains "pum", then the completion matches are
|
||
--- shown in a popup menu. Otherwise they are displayed just above the
|
||
--- command line, with the first match highlighted (overwriting the status
|
||
--- line, if there is one).
|
||
--- Keys that show the previous/next match, such as <Tab> or
|
||
--- CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
|
||
--- 'wildmode' must specify "full": "longest" and "list" do not start
|
||
--- 'wildmenu' mode. You can check the current mode with `wildmenumode()`.
|
||
--- The menu is cancelled when a key is hit that is not used for selecting
|
||
--- a completion.
|
||
---
|
||
--- While the menu is active these keys have special meanings:
|
||
---
|
||
--- CTRL-Y - accept the currently selected match and stop
|
||
--- completion.
|
||
--- CTRL-E - end completion, go back to what was there before
|
||
--- selecting a match.
|
||
--- <Left> <Right> - select previous/next match (like CTRL-P/CTRL-N)
|
||
--- <Down> - in filename/menu name completion: move into a
|
||
--- subdirectory or submenu.
|
||
--- <CR> - in menu completion, when the cursor is just after a
|
||
--- dot: move into a submenu.
|
||
--- <Up> - in filename/menu name completion: move up into
|
||
--- parent directory or parent menu.
|
||
---
|
||
--- If you want <Left> and <Right> to move the cursor instead of selecting
|
||
--- a different match, use this:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :cnoremap <Left> <Space><BS><Left>
|
||
--- :cnoremap <Right> <Space><BS><Right>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
--- `hl-WildMenu` highlights the current match.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.wildmenu = true
|
||
vim.o.wmnu = vim.o.wildmenu
|
||
vim.go.wildmenu = vim.o.wildmenu
|
||
vim.go.wmnu = vim.go.wildmenu
|
||
|
||
--- Completion mode that is used for the character specified with
|
||
--- 'wildchar'. It is a comma-separated list of up to four parts. Each
|
||
--- part specifies what to do for each consecutive use of 'wildchar'. The
|
||
--- first part specifies the behavior for the first use of 'wildchar',
|
||
--- The second part for the second use, etc.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Each part consists of a colon separated list consisting of the
|
||
--- following possible values:
|
||
--- "" Complete only the first match.
|
||
--- "full" Complete the next full match. After the last match,
|
||
--- the original string is used and then the first match
|
||
--- again. Will also start 'wildmenu' if it is enabled.
|
||
--- "longest" Complete till longest common string. If this doesn't
|
||
--- result in a longer string, use the next part.
|
||
--- "list" When more than one match, list all matches.
|
||
--- "lastused" When completing buffer names and more than one buffer
|
||
--- matches, sort buffers by time last used (other than
|
||
--- the current buffer).
|
||
--- When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples of useful colon-separated values:
|
||
--- "longest:full" Like "longest", but also start 'wildmenu' if it is
|
||
--- enabled. Will not complete to the next full match.
|
||
--- "list:full" When more than one match, list all matches and
|
||
--- complete first match.
|
||
--- "list:longest" When more than one match, list all matches and
|
||
--- complete till longest common string.
|
||
--- "list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, list all matches
|
||
--- and sort buffers by time last used (other than the
|
||
--- current buffer).
|
||
---
|
||
--- Examples:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wildmode=full
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Complete first full match, next match, etc. (the default)
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wildmode=longest,full
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Complete longest common string, then each full match
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wildmode=list:full
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- List all matches and complete each full match
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wildmode=list,full
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- List all matches without completing, then each full match
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set wildmode=longest,list
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Complete longest common string, then list alternatives.
|
||
--- More info here: `cmdline-completion`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.wildmode = "full"
|
||
vim.o.wim = vim.o.wildmode
|
||
vim.go.wildmode = vim.o.wildmode
|
||
vim.go.wim = vim.go.wildmode
|
||
|
||
--- A list of words that change how `cmdline-completion` is done.
|
||
--- The following values are supported:
|
||
--- fuzzy Use `fuzzy-matching` to find completion matches. When
|
||
--- this value is specified, wildcard expansion will not
|
||
--- be used for completion. The matches will be sorted by
|
||
--- the "best match" rather than alphabetically sorted.
|
||
--- This will find more matches than the wildcard
|
||
--- expansion. Currently fuzzy matching based completion
|
||
--- is not supported for file and directory names and
|
||
--- instead wildcard expansion is used.
|
||
--- pum Display the completion matches using the popup menu
|
||
--- in the same style as the `ins-completion-menu`.
|
||
--- tagfile When using CTRL-D to list matching tags, the kind of
|
||
--- tag and the file of the tag is listed. Only one match
|
||
--- is displayed per line. Often used tag kinds are:
|
||
--- d #define
|
||
--- f function
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.wildoptions = "pum,tagfile"
|
||
vim.o.wop = vim.o.wildoptions
|
||
vim.go.wildoptions = vim.o.wildoptions
|
||
vim.go.wop = vim.go.wildoptions
|
||
|
||
--- only used in Win32
|
||
--- Some GUI versions allow the access to menu entries by using the ALT
|
||
--- key in combination with a character that appears underlined in the
|
||
--- menu. This conflicts with the use of the ALT key for mappings and
|
||
--- entering special characters. This option tells what to do:
|
||
--- no Don't use ALT keys for menus. ALT key combinations can be
|
||
--- mapped, but there is no automatic handling.
|
||
--- yes ALT key handling is done by the windowing system. ALT key
|
||
--- combinations cannot be mapped.
|
||
--- menu Using ALT in combination with a character that is a menu
|
||
--- shortcut key, will be handled by the windowing system. Other
|
||
--- keys can be mapped.
|
||
--- If the menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', the ALT
|
||
--- key is never used for the menu.
|
||
--- This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.winaltkeys = "menu"
|
||
vim.o.wak = vim.o.winaltkeys
|
||
vim.go.winaltkeys = vim.o.winaltkeys
|
||
vim.go.wak = vim.go.winaltkeys
|
||
|
||
--- When non-empty, this option enables the window bar and determines its
|
||
--- contents. The window bar is a bar that's shown at the top of every
|
||
--- window with it enabled. The value of 'winbar' is evaluated like with
|
||
--- 'statusline'.
|
||
---
|
||
--- When changing something that is used in 'winbar' that does not trigger
|
||
--- it to be updated, use `:redrawstatus`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Floating windows do not use the global value of 'winbar'. The
|
||
--- window-local value of 'winbar' must be set for a floating window to
|
||
--- have a window bar.
|
||
---
|
||
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.winbar = ""
|
||
vim.o.wbr = vim.o.winbar
|
||
vim.wo.winbar = vim.o.winbar
|
||
vim.wo.wbr = vim.wo.winbar
|
||
vim.go.winbar = vim.o.winbar
|
||
vim.go.wbr = vim.go.winbar
|
||
|
||
--- Enables pseudo-transparency for a floating window. Valid values are in
|
||
--- the range of 0 for fully opaque window (disabled) to 100 for fully
|
||
--- transparent background. Values between 0-30 are typically most useful.
|
||
---
|
||
--- UI-dependent. Works best with RGB colors. 'termguicolors'
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.winblend = 0
|
||
vim.o.winbl = vim.o.winblend
|
||
vim.wo.winblend = vim.o.winblend
|
||
vim.wo.winbl = vim.wo.winblend
|
||
|
||
--- Window height used for `CTRL-F` and `CTRL-B` when there is only one
|
||
--- window and the value is smaller than 'lines' minus one. The screen
|
||
--- will scroll 'window' minus two lines, with a minimum of one.
|
||
--- When 'window' is equal to 'lines' minus one CTRL-F and CTRL-B scroll
|
||
--- in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines.
|
||
--- When resizing the Vim window, the value is smaller than 1 or more than
|
||
--- or equal to 'lines' it will be set to 'lines' minus 1.
|
||
--- Note: Do not confuse this with the height of the Vim window, use
|
||
--- 'lines' for that.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.window = 0
|
||
vim.o.wi = vim.o.window
|
||
vim.go.window = vim.o.window
|
||
vim.go.wi = vim.go.window
|
||
|
||
--- Keep the window height when windows are opened or closed and
|
||
--- 'equalalways' is set. Also for `CTRL-W_=`. Set by default for the
|
||
--- `preview-window` and `quickfix-window`.
|
||
--- The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.winfixheight = false
|
||
vim.o.wfh = vim.o.winfixheight
|
||
vim.wo.winfixheight = vim.o.winfixheight
|
||
vim.wo.wfh = vim.wo.winfixheight
|
||
|
||
--- Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
|
||
--- 'equalalways' is set. Also for `CTRL-W_=`.
|
||
--- The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.winfixwidth = false
|
||
vim.o.wfw = vim.o.winfixwidth
|
||
vim.wo.winfixwidth = vim.o.winfixwidth
|
||
vim.wo.wfw = vim.wo.winfixwidth
|
||
|
||
--- Minimal number of lines for the current window. This is not a hard
|
||
--- minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room. If the
|
||
--- focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
|
||
--- cost of the height of other windows.
|
||
--- Set 'winheight' to a small number for normal editing.
|
||
--- Set it to 999 to make the current window fill most of the screen.
|
||
--- Other windows will be only 'winminheight' high. This has the drawback
|
||
--- that ":all" will create only two windows. To avoid "vim -o 1 2 3 4"
|
||
--- to create only two windows, set the option after startup is done,
|
||
--- using the `VimEnter` event:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- au VimEnter * set winheight=999
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- Minimum value is 1.
|
||
--- The height is not adjusted after one of the commands that change the
|
||
--- height of the current window.
|
||
--- 'winheight' applies to the current window. Use 'winminheight' to set
|
||
--- the minimal height for other windows.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.winheight = 1
|
||
vim.o.wh = vim.o.winheight
|
||
vim.go.winheight = vim.o.winheight
|
||
vim.go.wh = vim.go.winheight
|
||
|
||
--- Window-local highlights. Comma-delimited list of highlight
|
||
--- `group-name` pairs "{hl-from}:{hl-to},..." where each {hl-from} is
|
||
--- a `highlight-groups` item to be overridden by {hl-to} group in
|
||
--- the window.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Note: highlight namespaces take precedence over 'winhighlight'.
|
||
--- See `nvim_win_set_hl_ns()` and `nvim_set_hl()`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Highlights of vertical separators are determined by the window to the
|
||
--- left of the separator. The 'tabline' highlight of a tabpage is
|
||
--- decided by the last-focused window of the tabpage. Highlights of
|
||
--- the popupmenu are determined by the current window. Highlights in the
|
||
--- message area cannot be overridden.
|
||
---
|
||
--- Example: show a different color for non-current windows:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- set winhighlight=Normal:MyNormal,NormalNC:MyNormalNC
|
||
--- ```
|
||
---
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type string
|
||
vim.o.winhighlight = ""
|
||
vim.o.winhl = vim.o.winhighlight
|
||
vim.wo.winhighlight = vim.o.winhighlight
|
||
vim.wo.winhl = vim.wo.winhighlight
|
||
|
||
--- The minimal height of a window, when it's not the current window.
|
||
--- This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
|
||
--- When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero lines (i.e. just a
|
||
--- status bar) if necessary. They will return to at least one line when
|
||
--- they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere to go.)
|
||
--- Use 'winheight' to set the minimal height of the current window.
|
||
--- This option is only checked when making a window smaller. Don't use a
|
||
--- large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
|
||
--- windows. A value of 0 to 3 is reasonable.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.winminheight = 1
|
||
vim.o.wmh = vim.o.winminheight
|
||
vim.go.winminheight = vim.o.winminheight
|
||
vim.go.wmh = vim.go.winminheight
|
||
|
||
--- The minimal width of a window, when it's not the current window.
|
||
--- This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
|
||
--- When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero columns (i.e. just
|
||
--- a vertical separator) if necessary. They will return to at least one
|
||
--- line when they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere
|
||
--- to go.)
|
||
--- Use 'winwidth' to set the minimal width of the current window.
|
||
--- This option is only checked when making a window smaller. Don't use a
|
||
--- large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
|
||
--- windows. A value of 0 to 12 is reasonable.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.winminwidth = 1
|
||
vim.o.wmw = vim.o.winminwidth
|
||
vim.go.winminwidth = vim.o.winminwidth
|
||
vim.go.wmw = vim.go.winminwidth
|
||
|
||
--- Minimal number of columns for the current window. This is not a hard
|
||
--- minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room. If
|
||
--- the current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of
|
||
--- the width of other windows. Set it to 999 to make the current window
|
||
--- always fill the screen. Set it to a small number for normal editing.
|
||
--- The width is not adjusted after one of the commands to change the
|
||
--- width of the current window.
|
||
--- 'winwidth' applies to the current window. Use 'winminwidth' to set
|
||
--- the minimal width for other windows.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.winwidth = 20
|
||
vim.o.wiw = vim.o.winwidth
|
||
vim.go.winwidth = vim.o.winwidth
|
||
vim.go.wiw = vim.go.winwidth
|
||
|
||
--- This option changes how text is displayed. It doesn't change the text
|
||
--- in the buffer, see 'textwidth' for that.
|
||
--- When on, lines longer than the width of the window will wrap and
|
||
--- displaying continues on the next line. When off lines will not wrap
|
||
--- and only part of long lines will be displayed. When the cursor is
|
||
--- moved to a part that is not shown, the screen will scroll
|
||
--- horizontally.
|
||
--- The line will be broken in the middle of a word if necessary. See
|
||
--- 'linebreak' to get the break at a word boundary.
|
||
--- To make scrolling horizontally a bit more useful, try this:
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- :set sidescroll=5
|
||
--- :set listchars+=precedes:<,extends:>
|
||
--- ```
|
||
--- See 'sidescroll', 'listchars' and `wrap-off`.
|
||
--- This option can't be set from a `modeline` when the 'diff' option is
|
||
--- on.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.wrap = true
|
||
vim.wo.wrap = vim.o.wrap
|
||
|
||
--- Number of characters from the right window border where wrapping
|
||
--- starts. When typing text beyond this limit, an <EOL> will be inserted
|
||
--- and inserting continues on the next line.
|
||
--- Options that add a margin, such as 'number' and 'foldcolumn', cause
|
||
--- the text width to be further reduced.
|
||
--- When 'textwidth' is non-zero, this option is not used.
|
||
--- See also 'formatoptions' and `ins-textwidth`.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.wrapmargin = 0
|
||
vim.o.wm = vim.o.wrapmargin
|
||
vim.bo.wrapmargin = vim.o.wrapmargin
|
||
vim.bo.wm = vim.bo.wrapmargin
|
||
|
||
--- Searches wrap around the end of the file. Also applies to `]s` and
|
||
--- `[s`, searching for spelling mistakes.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.wrapscan = true
|
||
vim.o.ws = vim.o.wrapscan
|
||
vim.go.wrapscan = vim.o.wrapscan
|
||
vim.go.ws = vim.go.wrapscan
|
||
|
||
--- Allows writing files. When not set, writing a file is not allowed.
|
||
--- Can be used for a view-only mode, where modifications to the text are
|
||
--- still allowed. Can be reset with the `-m` or `-M` command line
|
||
--- argument. Filtering text is still possible, even though this requires
|
||
--- writing a temporary file.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.write = true
|
||
vim.go.write = vim.o.write
|
||
|
||
--- Allows writing to any file with no need for "!" override.
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.writeany = false
|
||
vim.o.wa = vim.o.writeany
|
||
vim.go.writeany = vim.o.writeany
|
||
vim.go.wa = vim.go.writeany
|
||
|
||
--- Make a backup before overwriting a file. The backup is removed after
|
||
--- the file was successfully written, unless the 'backup' option is
|
||
--- also on.
|
||
--- WARNING: Switching this option off means that when Vim fails to write
|
||
--- your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
|
||
--- lose both the original file and what you were writing. Only reset
|
||
--- this option if your file system is almost full and it makes the write
|
||
--- fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
|
||
--- See `backup-table` for another explanation.
|
||
--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
|
||
--- Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
|
||
--- file renamed (and a new file is written).
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type boolean
|
||
vim.o.writebackup = true
|
||
vim.o.wb = vim.o.writebackup
|
||
vim.go.writebackup = vim.o.writebackup
|
||
vim.go.wb = vim.go.writebackup
|
||
|
||
--- Only takes effect together with 'redrawdebug'.
|
||
--- The number of milliseconds to wait after each line or each flush
|
||
---
|
||
--- @type integer
|
||
vim.o.writedelay = 0
|
||
vim.o.wd = vim.o.writedelay
|
||
vim.go.writedelay = vim.o.writedelay
|
||
vim.go.wd = vim.go.writedelay
|